xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/edit.c (revision 81f1ecbc)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
17 /*
18  * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
19  */
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT	0x100
21 
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET	1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL		2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE	3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES		4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS		(5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS	(6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES	(7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED		8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY	(9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS	(10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE		11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION		12
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT		13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL		14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG	15	/* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
37 
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
39 
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
41 {
42     N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43     N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
44     NULL,
45     N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46     N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47     N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48     N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49     N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50     NULL,
51     N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52     N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53     N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54     N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55     N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
56     N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
57     N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
58 };
59 
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
61 
62 /*
63  * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
64  */
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
66 struct Completion
67 {
68     compl_T	*cp_next;
69     compl_T	*cp_prev;
70     char_u	*cp_str;	/* matched text */
71     char_u	*cp_fname;	/* file containing the match */
72     int		cp_flags;	/* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
73     int		cp_number;	/* sequence number */
74 };
75 
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT	(1)   /* the original text when the expansion begun */
77 #define FREE_FNAME	(2)
78 
79 /*
80  * All the current matches are stored in a list.
81  * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
82  * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
83  * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
84  * ins_compl_get_exp().
85  */
86 static compl_T    *compl_first_match = NULL;
87 static compl_T    *compl_curr_match = NULL;
88 static compl_T    *compl_shown_match = NULL;
89 
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set.  When it's
91  * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
92 static int		    compl_started = FALSE;
93 
94 static int	  compl_matches = 0;
95 static char_u	  *compl_pattern = NULL;
96 static int	  compl_direction = FORWARD;
97 static int	  compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
98 static int	  compl_pending = FALSE;
99 static pos_T	  compl_startpos;
100 static colnr_T	  compl_col = 0;	    /* column where the text starts
101 					     * that is being completed */
102 static int	  save_sm = -1;
103 static char_u	  *compl_orig_text = NULL;  /* text as it was before
104 					     * completion started */
105 static int	  compl_cont_mode = 0;
106 static expand_T	  compl_xp;
107 
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
109 static int  has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
111 static int  ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
112 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
113 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
114 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
115 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
116 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
117 static int  ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
118 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
119 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
120 static int  ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
121 static int  ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
122 static int  quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
123 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
124 
125 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR		    1
126 #define BACKSPACE_WORD		    2
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE    3
128 #define BACKSPACE_LINE		    4
129 
130 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
131 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
132 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
133 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
134 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
135 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
136 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
138 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
139 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
140 static int  spell_bad_len = 0;	/* length of located bad word */
141 #endif
142 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
143 static int  echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
144 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
145 static int  replace_pop __ARGS((void));
146 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
147 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
149 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
150 #endif
151 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
152 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
153 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
154 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
155 #endif
156 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
157 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
158 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
159 static int  ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
160 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
161 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
162 #endif
163 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
164 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
165 #endif
166 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
167 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
168 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
169 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
170 static int  ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
171 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
172 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
173 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
174 #endif
175 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
176 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
177 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
178 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
179 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
180 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
181 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
182 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
183 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
184 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
185 #ifdef FEAT_DND
186 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
187 #endif
188 static int  ins_tab __ARGS((void));
189 static int  ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
190 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
191 static int  ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
192 #endif
193 static int  ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
194 static int  ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
195 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
196 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
197 #endif
198 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
199 
200 static colnr_T	Insstart_textlen;	/* length of line when insert started */
201 static colnr_T	Insstart_blank_vcol;	/* vcol for first inserted blank */
202 
203 static char_u	*last_insert = NULL;	/* the text of the previous insert,
204 					   K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
205 static int	last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
206 static int	new_insert_skip;  /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
207 
208 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
209 static int	can_cindent;		/* may do cindenting on this line */
210 #endif
211 
212 static int	old_indent = 0;		/* for ^^D command in insert mode */
213 
214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
215 static int	revins_on;		/* reverse insert mode on */
216 static int	revins_chars;		/* how much to skip after edit */
217 static int	revins_legal;		/* was the last char 'legal'? */
218 static int	revins_scol;		/* start column of revins session */
219 #endif
220 
221 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
222 static short	previous_script = smRoman;
223 #endif
224 
225 static int	ins_need_undo;		/* call u_save() before inserting a
226 					   char.  Set when edit() is called.
227 					   after that arrow_used is used. */
228 
229 static int	did_add_space = FALSE;	/* auto_format() added an extra space
230 					   under the cursor */
231 
232 /*
233  * edit(): Start inserting text.
234  *
235  * "cmdchar" can be:
236  * 'i'	normal insert command
237  * 'a'	normal append command
238  * 'R'	replace command
239  * 'r'	"r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>.  Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
240  *	but still only one <CR> is inserted.  The <Esc> is not used for redo.
241  * 'g'	"gI" command.
242  * 'V'	"gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
243  * 'v'	"gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
244  *
245  * This function is not called recursively.  For CTRL-O commands, it returns
246  * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
247  *
248  * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
249  */
250     int
251 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
252     int		cmdchar;
253     int		startln;	/* if set, insert at start of line */
254     long	count;
255 {
256     int		c = 0;
257     char_u	*ptr;
258     int		lastc;
259     colnr_T	mincol;
260     static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
261     int		i;
262     int		did_backspace = TRUE;	    /* previous char was backspace */
263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
264     int		line_is_white = FALSE;	    /* line is empty before insert */
265 #endif
266     linenr_T	old_topline = 0;	    /* topline before insertion */
267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
268     int		old_topfill = -1;
269 #endif
270     int		inserted_space = FALSE;     /* just inserted a space */
271     int		replaceState = REPLACE;
272     int		did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
273     int		nomove = FALSE;		    /* don't move cursor on return */
274 
275     /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
276      * error message */
277     check_for_delay(TRUE);
278 
279 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
280     /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
281     if (sandbox != 0)
282     {
283 	EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
284 	return FALSE;
285     }
286 #endif
287 
288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
289     ins_compl_clear();	    /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
290 #endif
291 
292 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
293     /*
294      * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands.  Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
295      */
296     if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
297     {
298 	if (cmdchar == 'R')
299 	    ptr = (char_u *)"r";
300 	else if (cmdchar == 'V')
301 	    ptr = (char_u *)"v";
302 	else
303 	    ptr = (char_u *)"i";
304 	set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
305 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
306     }
307 #endif
308 
309 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
310     /*
311      * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
312      * where the paste started.
313      */
314     if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
315 	Insstart = where_paste_started;
316     else
317 #endif
318     {
319 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
320 	if (startln)
321 	    Insstart.col = 0;
322     }
323     Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
324     Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
325     if (!did_ai)
326 	ai_col = 0;
327 
328     if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
329     {
330 	ResetRedobuff();
331 	AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
332 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
333 	if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
334 	{
335 	    /* "gR" or "gr" command */
336 	    AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
337 	    AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
338 	}
339 	else
340 #endif
341 	{
342 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
343 	    if (cmdchar == 'g')		    /* "gI" command */
344 		AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
345 	    else if (cmdchar == 'r')	    /* "r<CR>" command */
346 		count = 1;		    /* insert only one <CR> */
347 	}
348     }
349 
350     if (cmdchar == 'R')
351     {
352 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
353 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
354 	{
355 	    beep_flush();
356 	    EMSG(farsi_text_3);	    /* encoded in Farsi */
357 	    State = INSERT;
358 	}
359 	else
360 #endif
361 	State = REPLACE;
362     }
363 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
364     else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
365     {
366 	State = VREPLACE;
367 	replaceState = VREPLACE;
368 	orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
369 	vr_lines_changed = 1;
370     }
371 #endif
372     else
373 	State = INSERT;
374 
375     stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
376 
377     /*
378      * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
379      * on a TAB or special character.
380      */
381     curs_columns(TRUE);
382 
383     /*
384      * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
385      * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
386      * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used.  It is updated
387      * when hitting <Esc>.
388      */
389     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
390 	State |= LANGMAP;
391 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
392     im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
393 #endif
394 
395 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
396     KeyScript(previous_script);
397 #endif
398 
399 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
400     setmouse();
401 #endif
402 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
403     clear_showcmd();
404 #endif
405 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
406     /* there is no reverse replace mode */
407     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
408     if (revins_on)
409 	undisplay_dollar();
410     revins_chars = 0;
411     revins_legal = 0;
412     revins_scol = -1;
413 #endif
414 
415     /*
416      * Handle restarting Insert mode.
417      * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
418      * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
419      */
420     if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
421     {
422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
423 	/*
424 	 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
425 	 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
426 	 */
427 	if (where_paste_started.lnum)
428 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
429 	else
430 #endif
431 	    arrow_used = TRUE;
432 	restart_edit = 0;
433 
434 	/*
435 	 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
436 	 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
437 	 * correct in very rare cases).
438 	 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
439 	 * column.  Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
440 	 */
441 	validate_virtcol();
442 	update_curswant();
443 	if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
444 		    || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
445 		&& *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
446 	{
447 	    if (ptr[1] == NUL)
448 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
450 	    else if (has_mbyte)
451 	    {
452 		i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
453 		if (ptr[i] == NUL)
454 		    curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
455 	    }
456 #endif
457 	}
458 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;
459     }
460     else
461 	arrow_used = FALSE;
462 
463     /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
464     need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
465 
466     /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
467     ins_need_undo = TRUE;
468 
469 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
470     where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
471 #endif
472 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
473     can_cindent = TRUE;
474 #endif
475 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
476     /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
477      * restarting. */
478     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
479 	foldOpenCursor();
480 #endif
481 
482     /*
483      * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
484      * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
485      * actually changing anything.  It's put after the mode, if any.
486      */
487     i = 0;
488     if (p_smd)
489 	i = showmode();
490 
491     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
492 	change_warning(i + 1);
493 
494 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
495     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
496 #endif
497 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
498     do_digraph(-1);		/* clear digraphs */
499 #endif
500 
501 /*
502  * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
503  * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
504  */
505     ptr = get_inserted();
506     if (ptr == NULL)
507 	new_insert_skip = 0;
508     else
509     {
510 	new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
511 	vim_free(ptr);
512     }
513 
514     old_indent = 0;
515 
516     /*
517      * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
518      */
519     for (;;)
520     {
521 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
522 	if (!revins_legal)
523 	    revins_scol = -1;	    /* reset on illegal motions */
524 	else
525 	    revins_legal = 0;
526 #endif
527 	if (arrow_used)	    /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
528 	    count = 0;
529 
530 	if (stop_insert_mode)
531 	{
532 	    /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
533 	    count = 0;
534 	    goto doESCkey;
535 	}
536 
537 	/* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
538 	if (!arrow_used)
539 	    curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
540 
541 	/* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
542 	 * menu invoked a shell command). */
543 	if (stuff_empty())
544 	{
545 	    did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
546 	    if (need_check_timestamps)
547 		check_timestamps(FALSE);
548 	}
549 
550 	/*
551 	 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
552 	 */
553 	msg_scroll = FALSE;
554 
555 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
556 	/* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
557 	 * another window.  "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
558 	 * autocommand. */
559 	if (need_mouse_correct)
560 	    gui_mouse_correct();
561 #endif
562 
563 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
564 	/* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
565 	if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
566 	    foldOpenCursor();
567 	/* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
568 	if (!char_avail())
569 	    foldCheckClose();
570 #endif
571 
572 	/*
573 	 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
574 	 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
575 	 * redraw.
576 	 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
577 	 * something.
578 	 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
579 	 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
580 	 */
581 	if (curbuf->b_mod_set
582 		&& curwin->w_p_wrap
583 		&& !did_backspace
584 		&& curwin->w_topline == old_topline
585 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
586 		&& curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
587 #endif
588 		)
589 	{
590 	    mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
591 	    validate_cursor_col();
592 
593 	    if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
594 		    && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
595 						 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
596 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
597 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
598 			|| curwin->w_topfill > 0
599 #endif
600 		    ))
601 	    {
602 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
603 		if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
604 		    --curwin->w_topfill;
605 		else
606 #endif
607 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
608 		if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
609 		    set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
610 		else
611 #endif
612 		    set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
613 	    }
614 	}
615 
616 	/* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
617 	update_topline();
618 
619 	did_backspace = FALSE;
620 
621 	validate_cursor();		/* may set must_redraw */
622 
623 	/*
624 	 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
625 	 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
626 	 */
627 	ins_redraw();
628 
629 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
630 	if (curwin->w_p_scb)
631 	    do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
632 #endif
633 
634 	update_curswant();
635 	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
637 	old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
638 #endif
639 
640 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
641 	dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
642 #endif
643 
644 	/*
645 	 * Get a character for Insert mode.
646 	 */
647 	lastc = c;			/* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
648 	c = safe_vgetc();
649 
650 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
651 	if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
652 	    c = hkmap(c);		/* Hebrew mode mapping */
653 #endif
654 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
655 	if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
656 	    c = fkmap(c);		/* Farsi mode mapping */
657 #endif
658 
659 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
660 	/* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode.  This doesn't do completion, but
661 	 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
662 	if (c != K_IGNORE)
663 	    ins_compl_prep(c);
664 #endif
665 
666 	/* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
667 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
668 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor.  */
669 	if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
670 	{
671 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
672 	    ins_redraw();
673 	    ++no_mapping;
674 	    ++allow_keys;
675 	    c = safe_vgetc();
676 	    --no_mapping;
677 	    --allow_keys;
678 	    if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
679 	    {
680 		/* it's something else */
681 		vungetc(c);
682 		c = Ctrl_BSL;
683 	    }
684 	    else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
685 		continue;
686 	    else
687 	    {
688 		if (c == Ctrl_O)
689 		{
690 		    ins_ctrl_o();
691 		    ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor keeps its column */
692 		    nomove = TRUE;
693 		}
694 		count = 0;
695 		goto doESCkey;
696 	    }
697 	}
698 
699 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
700 	c = do_digraph(c);
701 #endif
702 
703 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
704 	if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
705 	    goto docomplete;
706 #endif
707 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
708 	{
709 	    ins_ctrl_v();
710 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
711 	    continue;
712 	}
713 
714 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
715 	if (cindent_on()
716 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
717 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
718 # endif
719 	   )
720 	{
721 	    /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
722 	     * inserted.  Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
723 	     * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
724 	     * done before inserting the key. */
725 	    line_is_white = inindent(0);
726 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
727 		goto force_cindent;
728 	    if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
729 							&& stop_arrow() == OK)
730 		do_c_expr_indent();
731 	}
732 #endif
733 
734 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
735 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
736 	    switch (c)
737 	    {
738 		case K_LEFT:	c = K_RIGHT; break;
739 		case K_S_LEFT:	c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
740 		case K_C_LEFT:	c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
741 		case K_RIGHT:	c = K_LEFT; break;
742 		case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
743 		case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
744 	    }
745 #endif
746 
747 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
748 	/*
749 	 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.  If it
750 	 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
751 	 * characters.
752 	 */
753 	if (ins_start_select(c))
754 	    continue;
755 #endif
756 
757 	/*
758 	 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
759 	 */
760 	switch (c)
761 	{
762 	case ESC:	/* End input mode */
763 	    if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
764 		break;
765 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
766 
767 	case Ctrl_C:	/* End input mode */
768 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
769 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
770 	    {
771 		/* Close the cmdline window. */
772 		cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
773 		got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
774 		goto doESCkey;
775 	    }
776 #endif
777 
778 #ifdef UNIX
779 do_intr:
780 #endif
781 	    /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
782 	     * Insert mode */
783 	    if (goto_im())
784 	    {
785 		if (got_int)
786 		{
787 		    (void)vgetc();		/* flush all buffers */
788 		    got_int = FALSE;
789 		}
790 		else
791 		    vim_beep();
792 		break;
793 	    }
794 doESCkey:
795 	    /*
796 	     * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
797 	     */
798 	    /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
799 	     * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
800 	    if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
801 		o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
802 
803 	    if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
804 	    {
805 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
806 		if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
807 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
808 							       FALSE, curbuf);
809 #endif
810 		return (c == Ctrl_O);
811 	    }
812 	    continue;
813 
814 	case Ctrl_Z:	/* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
815 	    if (!p_im)
816 		goto normalchar;	/* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
817 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
818 	    c = Ctrl_O;
819 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
820 
821 	case Ctrl_O:	/* execute one command */
822 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
823 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
824 		goto docomplete;
825 #endif
826 	    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
827 		break;
828 	    ins_ctrl_o();
829 	    count = 0;
830 	    goto doESCkey;
831 
832 	case K_INS:	/* toggle insert/replace mode */
833 	case K_KINS:
834 	    ins_insert(replaceState);
835 	    break;
836 
837 	case K_SELECT:	/* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
838 	    break;
839 
840 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
841 	case K_SNIFF:	/* Sniff command received */
842 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
843 	    goto doESCkey;
844 #endif
845 
846 	case K_HELP:	/* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
847 	case K_F1:
848 	case K_XF1:
849 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
850 	    if (p_im)
851 		need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
852 	    goto doESCkey;
853 
854 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
855 	case K_F21:	/* NetBeans command */
856 	    ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
857 	    i = safe_vgetc();
858 	    --no_mapping;
859 	    netbeans_keycommand(i);
860 	    break;
861 #endif
862 
863 	case K_ZERO:	/* Insert the previously inserted text. */
864 	case NUL:
865 	case Ctrl_A:
866 	    /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
867 	     * error.  */
868 	    if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
869 						   && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
870 		goto doESCkey;		/* quit insert mode */
871 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
872 	    break;
873 
874 	case Ctrl_R:	/* insert the contents of a register */
875 	    ins_reg();
876 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
877 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
878 	    break;
879 
880 	case Ctrl_G:	/* commands starting with CTRL-G */
881 	    ins_ctrl_g();
882 	    break;
883 
884 	case Ctrl_HAT:	/* switch input mode and/or langmap */
885 	    ins_ctrl_hat();
886 	    break;
887 
888 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
889 	case Ctrl__:	/* switch between languages */
890 	    if (!p_ari)
891 		goto normalchar;
892 	    ins_ctrl_();
893 	    break;
894 #endif
895 
896 	case Ctrl_D:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
897 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
898 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
899 		goto docomplete;
900 #endif
901 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
902 
903 	case Ctrl_T:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
904 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
905 	    if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
906 	    {
907 		if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
908 		    goto docomplete;
909 		break;
910 	    }
911 # endif
912 	    ins_shift(c, lastc);
913 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
914 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
915 	    break;
916 
917 	case K_DEL:	/* delete character under the cursor */
918 	case K_KDEL:
919 	    ins_del();
920 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
921 	    break;
922 
923 	case K_BS:	/* delete character before the cursor */
924 	case Ctrl_H:
925 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
926 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
927 	    break;
928 
929 	case Ctrl_W:	/* delete word before the cursor */
930 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
931 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
932 	    break;
933 
934 	case Ctrl_U:	/* delete all inserted text in current line */
935 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
936 	    /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
937 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
938 		goto docomplete;
939 # endif
940 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
941 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
942 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
943 	    break;
944 
945 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
946 	case K_LEFTMOUSE:   /* mouse keys */
947 	case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
948 	case K_LEFTDRAG:
949 	case K_LEFTRELEASE:
950 	case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
951 	case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
952 	case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
953 	case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
954 	case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
955 	case K_RIGHTDRAG:
956 	case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
957 	case K_X1MOUSE:
958 	case K_X1DRAG:
959 	case K_X1RELEASE:
960 	case K_X2MOUSE:
961 	case K_X2DRAG:
962 	case K_X2RELEASE:
963 	    ins_mouse(c);
964 	    break;
965 
966 	case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
967 	    ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
968 	    break;
969 
970 	case K_MOUSEUP:	/* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
971 	    ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
972 	    break;
973 #endif
974 
975 	case K_IGNORE:	/* Something mapped to nothing */
976 	    break;
977 
978 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
979 	case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
980 	    ins_scroll();
981 	    break;
982 
983 	case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
984 	    ins_horscroll();
985 	    break;
986 #endif
987 
988 	case K_HOME:	/* <Home> */
989 	case K_KHOME:
990 	case K_S_HOME:
991 	case K_C_HOME:
992 	    ins_home(c);
993 	    break;
994 
995 	case K_END:	/* <End> */
996 	case K_KEND:
997 	case K_S_END:
998 	case K_C_END:
999 	    ins_end(c);
1000 	    break;
1001 
1002 	case K_LEFT:	/* <Left> */
1003 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1004 		ins_s_left();
1005 	    else
1006 		ins_left();
1007 	    break;
1008 
1009 	case K_S_LEFT:	/* <S-Left> */
1010 	case K_C_LEFT:
1011 	    ins_s_left();
1012 	    break;
1013 
1014 	case K_RIGHT:	/* <Right> */
1015 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1016 		ins_s_right();
1017 	    else
1018 		ins_right();
1019 	    break;
1020 
1021 	case K_S_RIGHT:	/* <S-Right> */
1022 	case K_C_RIGHT:
1023 	    ins_s_right();
1024 	    break;
1025 
1026 	case K_UP:	/* <Up> */
1027 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1028 		ins_pageup();
1029 	    else
1030 		ins_up(FALSE);
1031 	    break;
1032 
1033 	case K_S_UP:	/* <S-Up> */
1034 	case K_PAGEUP:
1035 	case K_KPAGEUP:
1036 	    ins_pageup();
1037 	    break;
1038 
1039 	case K_DOWN:	/* <Down> */
1040 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1041 		ins_pagedown();
1042 	    else
1043 		ins_down(FALSE);
1044 	    break;
1045 
1046 	case K_S_DOWN:	/* <S-Down> */
1047 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
1048 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1049 	    ins_pagedown();
1050 	    break;
1051 
1052 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1053 	case K_DROP:	/* drag-n-drop event */
1054 	    ins_drop();
1055 	    break;
1056 #endif
1057 
1058 	case K_S_TAB:	/* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1059 	    c = TAB;
1060 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1061 
1062 	case TAB:	/* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1063 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1064 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1065 		goto docomplete;
1066 #endif
1067 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1068 	    if (ins_tab())
1069 		goto normalchar;	/* insert TAB as a normal char */
1070 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1071 	    break;
1072 
1073 	case K_KENTER:	/* <Enter> */
1074 	    c = CAR;
1075 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1076 	case CAR:
1077 	case NL:
1078 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1079 	    /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1080 	     * cursor. */
1081 	    if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1082 	    {
1083 		do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1084 		break;
1085 	    }
1086 #endif
1087 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1088 	    if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1089 	    {
1090 		/* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1091 		cmdwin_result = CAR;
1092 		goto doESCkey;
1093 	    }
1094 #endif
1095 	    if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1096 		goto doESCkey;	    /* out of memory */
1097 	    auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1098 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1099 	    break;
1100 
1101 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1102 	case Ctrl_K:	    /* digraph or keyword completion */
1103 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1104 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1105 	    {
1106 		if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1107 		    goto docomplete;
1108 		break;
1109 	    }
1110 # endif
1111 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1112 	    c = ins_digraph();
1113 	    if (c == NUL)
1114 		break;
1115 # endif
1116 	    goto normalchar;
1117 #endif
1118 
1119 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1120 	case Ctrl_X:	/* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1121 	    ins_ctrl_x();
1122 	    break;
1123 
1124 	case Ctrl_RSB:	/* Tag name completion after ^X */
1125 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1126 		goto normalchar;
1127 	    goto docomplete;
1128 
1129 	case Ctrl_F:	/* File name completion after ^X */
1130 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1131 		goto normalchar;
1132 	    goto docomplete;
1133 
1134 	case 's':	/* Spelling completion after ^X */
1135 	case Ctrl_S:
1136 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1137 		goto normalchar;
1138 	    goto docomplete;
1139 #endif
1140 
1141 	case Ctrl_L:	/* Whole line completion after ^X */
1142 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1143 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1144 #endif
1145 	    {
1146 		/* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1147 		if (p_im)
1148 		{
1149 		    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1150 			break;
1151 		    goto doESCkey;
1152 		}
1153 		goto normalchar;
1154 	    }
1155 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1156 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1157 
1158 	case Ctrl_P:	/* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1159 	case Ctrl_N:
1160 	    /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1161 	     * but it is under other ^X modes */
1162 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1163 		    && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1164 		    && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1165 		goto normalchar;
1166 
1167 docomplete:
1168 	    if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1169 		compl_cont_status = 0;
1170 	    break;
1171 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1172 
1173 	case Ctrl_Y:	/* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1174 	case Ctrl_E:	/* copy from next line	   or scroll up */
1175 	    c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1176 	    break;
1177 
1178 	  default:
1179 #ifdef UNIX
1180 	    if (c == intr_char)		/* special interrupt char */
1181 		goto do_intr;
1182 #endif
1183 
1184 	    /*
1185 	     * Insert a nomal character.
1186 	     */
1187 normalchar:
1188 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1189 	    /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1190 	    ins_try_si(c);
1191 #endif
1192 
1193 	    if (c == ' ')
1194 	    {
1195 		inserted_space = TRUE;
1196 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1197 		if (inindent(0))
1198 		    can_cindent = FALSE;
1199 #endif
1200 		if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1201 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1202 		    Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1203 	    }
1204 
1205 	    if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1207 			/* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1208 			 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1209 			(has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1210 #endif
1211 			c))
1212 	    {
1213 		insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1215 		revins_legal++;
1216 		revins_chars++;
1217 #endif
1218 	    }
1219 
1220 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1221 
1222 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1223 	    /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1224 	     * closed fold. */
1225 	    foldOpenCursor();
1226 #endif
1227 	    break;
1228 	}   /* end of switch (c) */
1229 
1230 	/* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1231 	if (arrow_used)
1232 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1233 
1234 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1235 	if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1236 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1237 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
1238 # endif
1239 	   )
1240 	{
1241 force_cindent:
1242 	    /*
1243 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1244 	     */
1245 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1246 	    {
1247 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1248 		    /* re-indent the current line */
1249 		    do_c_expr_indent();
1250 	    }
1251 	}
1252 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1253 
1254     }	/* for (;;) */
1255     /* NOTREACHED */
1256 }
1257 
1258 /*
1259  * Redraw for Insert mode.
1260  * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1261  * option work correctly.
1262  * Only redraw when there are no characters available.  This speeds up
1263  * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1264  */
1265     static void
1266 ins_redraw()
1267 {
1268     if (!char_avail())
1269     {
1270 	if (must_redraw)
1271 	    update_screen(0);
1272 	else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1273 	    showmode();		/* clear cmdline and show mode */
1274 	showruler(FALSE);
1275 	setcursor();
1276 	emsg_on_display = FALSE;	/* may remove error message now */
1277     }
1278 }
1279 
1280 /*
1281  * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1282  */
1283     static void
1284 ins_ctrl_v()
1285 {
1286     int		c;
1287 
1288     /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1289     ins_redraw();
1290 
1291     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1292 	edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1293     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
1294 
1295 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1296     add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1297 #endif
1298 
1299     c = get_literal();
1300 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1301     clear_showcmd();
1302 #endif
1303     insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1305     revins_chars++;
1306     revins_legal++;
1307 #endif
1308 }
1309 
1310 /*
1311  * Put a character directly onto the screen.  It's not stored in a buffer.
1312  * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1313  */
1314 static int  pc_status;
1315 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET	0	/* pc_bytes was not set */
1316 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT	1	/* right halve of double-wide char */
1317 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT	2	/* left halve of double-wide char */
1318 #define PC_STATUS_SET	3	/* pc_bytes was filled */
1319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1320 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1321 #else
1322 static char_u pc_bytes[2];		/* saved bytes */
1323 #endif
1324 static int  pc_attr;
1325 static int  pc_row;
1326 static int  pc_col;
1327 
1328     void
1329 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1330     int	    c;
1331     int	    highlight;
1332 {
1333     int	    attr;
1334 
1335     if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1336     {
1337 	update_topline();	/* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1338 	validate_cursor();
1339 	if (highlight)
1340 	    attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1341 	else
1342 	    attr = 0;
1343 	pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1344 	pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1345 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1346 	pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1347 #endif
1348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1349 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1350 	{
1351 	    pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1352 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1353 	    if (has_mbyte)
1354 	    {
1355 		int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1356 
1357 		if (fix_col != pc_col)
1358 		{
1359 		    screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1360 		    --curwin->w_wcol;
1361 		    pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1362 		}
1363 	    }
1364 # endif
1365 	}
1366 	else
1367 #endif
1368 	{
1369 	    pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1371 	    if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1372 		pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1373 #endif
1374 	}
1375 
1376 	/* save the character to be able to put it back */
1377 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1378 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1379 #endif
1380 	{
1381 	    screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1382 	    pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1383 	}
1384 	screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1385     }
1386 }
1387 
1388 /*
1389  * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1390  */
1391     void
1392 edit_unputchar()
1393 {
1394     if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1395     {
1396 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1397 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1398 	    ++curwin->w_wcol;
1399 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1400 	    redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1401 	else
1402 #endif
1403 	    screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1404     }
1405 }
1406 
1407 /*
1408  * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1409  * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1410  */
1411     void
1412 display_dollar(col)
1413     colnr_T	col;
1414 {
1415     colnr_T save_col;
1416 
1417     if (!redrawing())
1418 	return;
1419 
1420     cursor_off();
1421     save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1422     curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1424     if (has_mbyte)
1425     {
1426 	char_u *p;
1427 
1428 	/* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1429 	p = ml_get_curline();
1430 	curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1431     }
1432 #endif
1433     curs_columns(FALSE);	    /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1434     if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1435     {
1436 	edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1437 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1438     }
1439     curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1440 }
1441 
1442 /*
1443  * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1444  * in insert mode.
1445  */
1446     static void
1447 undisplay_dollar()
1448 {
1449     if (dollar_vcol)
1450     {
1451 	dollar_vcol = 0;
1452 	redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1453     }
1454 }
1455 
1456 /*
1457  * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1458  * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1459  * type == INDENT_INC	increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1460  * type == INDENT_DEC	decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1461  * type == INDENT_SET	set indent to "amount"
1462  * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1463  */
1464     void
1465 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
1466     int		type;
1467     int		amount;
1468     int		round;
1469     int		replaced;	/* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1470 {
1471     int		vcol;
1472     int		last_vcol;
1473     int		insstart_less;		/* reduction for Insstart.col */
1474     int		new_cursor_col;
1475     int		i;
1476     char_u	*ptr;
1477     int		save_p_list;
1478     int		start_col;
1479     colnr_T	vc;
1480 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1481     colnr_T	orig_col = 0;		/* init for GCC */
1482     char_u	*new_line, *orig_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
1483 
1484     /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1485     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1486     {
1487 	orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());  /* Deal with NULL below */
1488 	orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1489     }
1490 #endif
1491 
1492     /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1493     save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1494     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1495     vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1496     vcol = vc;
1497 
1498     /*
1499      * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1500      * possible when the cursor is in the indent.  Remember the number of
1501      * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1502      */
1503     start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1504 
1505     /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1506     new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1507     beginline(BL_WHITE);
1508     new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1509 
1510     insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1511 
1512     /*
1513      * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1514      * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1515      */
1516     if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1517 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1518 
1519     if (new_cursor_col > 0)	    /* can't fix replace stack */
1520 	start_col = -1;
1521 
1522     /*
1523      * Set the new indent.  The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1524      */
1525     if (type == INDENT_SET)
1526 	(void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
1527     else
1528     {
1529 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1530 	int	save_State = State;
1531 
1532 	/* Avoid being called recursively. */
1533 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1534 	    State = INSERT;
1535 #endif
1536 	shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
1537 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1538 	State = save_State;
1539 #endif
1540     }
1541     insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1542 
1543     /*
1544      * Try to put cursor on same character.
1545      * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1546      * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1547      * non-blank character.
1548      * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1549      * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1550      * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1551      */
1552     if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1553     {
1554 	/*
1555 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1556 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
1557 	 */
1558 	if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1559 	    insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1560 	new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1561     }
1562     else if (!(State & INSERT))
1563 	new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1564     else
1565     {
1566 	/*
1567 	 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1568 	 */
1569 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1570 	curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1571 
1572 	/*
1573 	 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1574 	 */
1575 	vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1576 	new_cursor_col = -1;
1577 	ptr = ml_get_curline();
1578 	while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1579 	{
1580 	    last_vcol = vcol;
1581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1582 	    if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1583 		new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1584 	    else
1585 #endif
1586 		++new_cursor_col;
1587 	    vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1588 	}
1589 	vcol = last_vcol;
1590 
1591 	/*
1592 	 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1593 	 * the right screen column.
1594 	 */
1595 	if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1596 	{
1597 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1598 	    i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1599 	    ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1600 	    if (ptr != NULL)
1601 	    {
1602 		new_cursor_col += i;
1603 		ptr[i] = NUL;
1604 		while (--i >= 0)
1605 		    ptr[i] = ' ';
1606 		ins_str(ptr);
1607 		vim_free(ptr);
1608 	    }
1609 	}
1610 
1611 	/*
1612 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1613 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
1614 	 */
1615 	insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1616     }
1617 
1618     curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1619 
1620     if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1621 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1622     else
1623 	curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1624     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1625     changed_cline_bef_curs();
1626 
1627     /*
1628      * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1629      */
1630     if (State & INSERT)
1631     {
1632 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1633 	{
1634 	    if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1635 		Insstart.col = 0;
1636 	    else
1637 		Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1638 	}
1639 	if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1640 	    ai_col = 0;
1641 	else
1642 	    ai_col -= insstart_less;
1643     }
1644 
1645     /*
1646      * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1647      * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1648      * few characters from the replace stack.
1649      * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1650      * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1651      */
1652     if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1653     {
1654 	while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1655 	{
1656 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1657 	    --start_col;
1658 	}
1659 	while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1660 	{
1661 	    replace_push(NUL);
1662 	    if (replaced)
1663 	    {
1664 		replace_push(replaced);
1665 		replaced = NUL;
1666 	    }
1667 	    ++start_col;
1668 	}
1669     }
1670 
1671 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1672     /*
1673      * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack.  In this case
1674      * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1675      * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1676      */
1677     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1678     {
1679 	/* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return.  At least we did the job,
1680 	 * even if you can't backspace. */
1681 	if (orig_line == NULL)
1682 	    return;
1683 
1684 	/* Save new line */
1685 	new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1686 	if (new_line == NULL)
1687 	    return;
1688 
1689 	/* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1690 	new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1691 
1692 	/* Put back original line */
1693 	ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1694 	curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1695 
1696 	/* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1697 	backspace_until_column(0);
1698 
1699 	/* Insert new stuff into line again */
1700 	ins_bytes(new_line);
1701 
1702 	vim_free(new_line);
1703     }
1704 #endif
1705 }
1706 
1707 /*
1708  * Truncate the space at the end of a line.  This is to be used only in an
1709  * insert mode.  It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1710  * modes.
1711  */
1712     void
1713 truncate_spaces(line)
1714     char_u  *line;
1715 {
1716     int	    i;
1717 
1718     /* find start of trailing white space */
1719     for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1720     {
1721 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1722 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1723     }
1724     line[i + 1] = NUL;
1725 }
1726 
1727 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1728 	|| defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1729 /*
1730  * Backspace the cursor until the given column.  Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1731  * modes correctly.  May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1732  */
1733     void
1734 backspace_until_column(col)
1735     int	    col;
1736 {
1737     while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1738     {
1739 	curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1740 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1741 	    replace_do_bs();
1742 	else
1743 	    (void)del_char(FALSE);
1744     }
1745 }
1746 #endif
1747 
1748 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1749 /*
1750  * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1751  */
1752     static void
1753 ins_ctrl_x()
1754 {
1755     /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
1756      * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
1757     if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
1758     {
1759 	/* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
1760 	 * compl_cont_status */
1761 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
1762 	    compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
1763 	else
1764 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
1765 	/* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
1766 	ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
1767 	edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
1768 	edit_submode_pre = NULL;
1769 	showmode();
1770     }
1771 }
1772 
1773 /*
1774  * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
1775  */
1776     static int
1777 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
1778     int	    dict_opt;
1779 {
1780     if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
1781 		 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
1782     {
1783 	ctrl_x_mode = 0;
1784 	edit_submode = NULL;
1785 	msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
1786 			  : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
1787 							      hl_attr(HLF_E));
1788 	if (emsg_silent == 0)
1789 	{
1790 	    vim_beep();
1791 	    setcursor();
1792 	    out_flush();
1793 	    ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
1794 	}
1795 	return FALSE;
1796     }
1797     return TRUE;
1798 }
1799 
1800 /*
1801  * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
1802  * This depends on the current mode.
1803  */
1804     int
1805 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
1806     int	    c;
1807 {
1808     /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
1809     if (c == Ctrl_R)
1810 	return TRUE;
1811 
1812     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
1813     {
1814 	case 0:		    /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
1815 	    return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
1816 	case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
1817 	    return (   c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
1818 		    || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
1819 		    || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
1820 		    || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
1821 		    || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
1822 		    || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
1823 	case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
1824 	    return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
1825 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
1826 	    return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1827 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
1828 	    return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1829 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
1830 	    return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1831 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
1832 	    return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1833 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
1834 	    return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1835 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
1836 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
1837 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1838 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
1839 	    return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1840 #endif
1841 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
1842 	    return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
1843 		    || c == Ctrl_X);
1844 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1845 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
1846 	    return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1847 #endif
1848 	case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
1849 	    return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1850 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
1851 	    return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1852     }
1853     EMSG(_(e_internal));
1854     return FALSE;
1855 }
1856 
1857 /*
1858  * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
1859  * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
1860  * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
1861  * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
1862  * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
1863  */
1864     int
1865 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
1866     char_u	*str;
1867     int		len;
1868     char_u	*fname;
1869     int		dir;
1870     int		flags;
1871 {
1872     int		has_lower = FALSE;
1873     int		was_letter = FALSE;
1874     int		idx;
1875 
1876     if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
1877     {
1878 	/* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
1879 	/* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
1880 	vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
1881 
1882 	/* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
1883 	for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
1884 	{
1885 	    if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
1886 	    {
1887 		has_lower = TRUE;
1888 		if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
1889 		{
1890 		    /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
1891 		    for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
1892 			IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
1893 		    break;
1894 		}
1895 	    }
1896 	}
1897 
1898 	/*
1899 	 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
1900 	 * upper case.
1901 	 */
1902 	if (!has_lower)
1903 	{
1904 	    for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
1905 	    {
1906 		if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
1907 						      && islower(IObuff[idx]))
1908 		{
1909 		    /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
1910 		    for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
1911 			IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
1912 		    break;
1913 		}
1914 		was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
1915 	    }
1916 	}
1917 
1918 	/* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
1919 	STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
1920 
1921 	return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
1922     }
1923     return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
1924 }
1925 
1926 /*
1927  * Add a match to the list of matches.
1928  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
1929  * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
1930  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
1931  *
1932  * New:
1933  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
1934  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
1935  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
1936  */
1937     int
1938 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
1939     char_u	*str;
1940     int		len;
1941     char_u	*fname;
1942     int		dir;
1943     int		flags;
1944 {
1945     compl_T	*match;
1946 
1947     ui_breakcheck();
1948     if (got_int)
1949 	return FAIL;
1950     if (len < 0)
1951 	len = (int)STRLEN(str);
1952 
1953     /*
1954      * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
1955      */
1956     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
1957     {
1958 	match = compl_first_match;
1959 	do
1960 	{
1961 	    if (    !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
1962 		    && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
1963 		    && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
1964 		return NOTDONE;
1965 	    match = match->cp_next;
1966 	} while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
1967     }
1968 
1969     /*
1970      * Allocate a new match structure.
1971      * Copy the values to the new match structure.
1972      */
1973     match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
1974     if (match == NULL)
1975 	return FAIL;
1976     match->cp_number = -1;
1977     if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
1978     {
1979 	match->cp_number = 0;
1980 	match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
1981     }
1982     else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
1983     {
1984 	vim_free(match);
1985 	return FAIL;
1986     }
1987     /* match-fname is:
1988      * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
1989      * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
1990      * - NULL otherwise.	--Acevedo */
1991     if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
1992 	      && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
1993 	match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
1994     else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
1995 	flags |= FREE_FNAME;
1996     else
1997 	match->cp_fname = NULL;
1998     match->cp_flags = flags;
1999 
2000     /*
2001      * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2002      */
2003     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2004 	match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2005     else if (dir == FORWARD)
2006     {
2007 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2008 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2009     }
2010     else	/* BACKWARD */
2011     {
2012 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2013 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2014     }
2015     if (match->cp_next)
2016 	match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2017     if (match->cp_prev)
2018 	match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2019     else	/* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2020 	compl_first_match = match;
2021     compl_curr_match = match;
2022 
2023     return OK;
2024 }
2025 
2026 /*
2027  * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2028  * Frees matches[].
2029  */
2030     static void
2031 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
2032     int		num_matches;
2033     char_u	**matches;
2034     int		dir;
2035 {
2036     int		i;
2037     int		add_r = OK;
2038     int		ldir = dir;
2039 
2040     for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2041 	if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
2042 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2043 	    ldir = FORWARD;
2044     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2045 }
2046 
2047 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2048  * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2049  */
2050     static int
2051 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2052 {
2053     compl_T *match;
2054     int	    count = 0;
2055 
2056     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2057     {
2058 	/*
2059 	 * Find the end of the list.
2060 	 */
2061 	match = compl_first_match;
2062 	/* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2063 	while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2064 	{
2065 	    match = match->cp_next;
2066 	    ++count;
2067 	}
2068 	match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2069 	compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2070     }
2071     return count;
2072 }
2073 
2074 #define DICT_FIRST	(1)	/* use just first element in "dict" */
2075 #define DICT_EXACT	(2)	/* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2076 /*
2077  * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
2078  * completions.
2079  */
2080     static void
2081 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
2082     char_u	*dict;
2083     char_u	*pat;
2084     int		dir;
2085     int		flags;
2086     int		thesaurus;
2087 {
2088     char_u	*ptr;
2089     char_u	*buf;
2090     FILE	*fp;
2091     regmatch_T	regmatch;
2092     int		add_r;
2093     char_u	**files;
2094     int		count;
2095     int		i;
2096     int		save_p_scs;
2097 
2098     buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2099     /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2100     save_p_scs = p_scs;
2101     if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2102 	p_scs = FALSE;
2103     regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2104     /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2105     regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2106     while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
2107 					    && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2108     {
2109 	/* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2110 	if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2111 	{
2112 	    count = 1;
2113 	    files = &dict;
2114 	}
2115 	else
2116 	{
2117 	    /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2118 	     * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2119 	     * a modeline). */
2120 	    copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2121 	    if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2122 		    || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2123 						     EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2124 		count = 0;
2125 	}
2126 
2127 	for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2128 	{
2129 	    fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r");  /* open dictionary file */
2130 	    if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2131 	    {
2132 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2133 			      _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2134 		msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2135 	    }
2136 
2137 	    if (fp != NULL)
2138 	    {
2139 		/*
2140 		 * Read dictionary file line by line.
2141 		 * Check each line for a match.
2142 		 */
2143 		while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
2144 						&& !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
2145 		{
2146 		    ptr = buf;
2147 		    while (vim_regexec(&regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
2148 		    {
2149 			ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
2150 			ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2151 			add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
2152 					      (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
2153 							    files[i], dir, 0);
2154 			if (thesaurus)
2155 			{
2156 			    char_u *wstart;
2157 
2158 			    /*
2159 			     * Add the other matches on the line
2160 			     */
2161 			    while (!got_int)
2162 			    {
2163 				/* Find start of the next word.  Skip white
2164 				 * space and punctuation. */
2165 				ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
2166 				if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
2167 				    break;
2168 				wstart = ptr;
2169 
2170 				/* Find end of the word and add it. */
2171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2172 				if (has_mbyte)
2173 				    /* Japanese words may have characters in
2174 				     * different classes, only separate words
2175 				     * with single-byte non-word characters. */
2176 				    while (*ptr != NUL)
2177 				    {
2178 					int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2179 
2180 					if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2181 					    break;
2182 					ptr += l;
2183 				    }
2184 				else
2185 #endif
2186 				    ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2187 				add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
2188 					(int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
2189 			    }
2190 			}
2191 			if (add_r == OK)
2192 			    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2193 			    dir = FORWARD;
2194 			else if (add_r == FAIL)
2195 			    break;
2196 			/* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
2197 			 * of line */
2198 			if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
2199 			    break;
2200 		    }
2201 		    line_breakcheck();
2202 		    ins_compl_check_keys(50);
2203 		}
2204 		fclose(fp);
2205 	    }
2206 	}
2207 	if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2208 	    FreeWild(count, files);
2209 	if (flags)
2210 	    break;
2211     }
2212     p_scs = save_p_scs;
2213     vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2214     vim_free(buf);
2215 }
2216 
2217 /*
2218  * Find the start of the next word.
2219  * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word.  Also stops at a NUL.
2220  */
2221     char_u *
2222 find_word_start(ptr)
2223     char_u	*ptr;
2224 {
2225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2226     if (has_mbyte)
2227 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
2228 	    ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2229     else
2230 #endif
2231 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2232 	    ++ptr;
2233     return ptr;
2234 }
2235 
2236 /*
2237  * Find the end of the word.  Assumes it starts inside a word.
2238  * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
2239  */
2240     char_u *
2241 find_word_end(ptr)
2242     char_u	*ptr;
2243 {
2244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2245     int		start_class;
2246 
2247     if (has_mbyte)
2248     {
2249 	start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
2250 	if (start_class > 1)
2251 	    while (*ptr != NUL)
2252 	    {
2253 		ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2254 		if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
2255 		    break;
2256 	    }
2257     }
2258     else
2259 #endif
2260 	while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2261 	    ++ptr;
2262     return ptr;
2263 }
2264 
2265 /*
2266  * Free the list of completions
2267  */
2268     static void
2269 ins_compl_free()
2270 {
2271     compl_T *match;
2272 
2273     vim_free(compl_pattern);
2274     compl_pattern = NULL;
2275 
2276     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2277 	return;
2278     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2279     do
2280     {
2281 	match = compl_curr_match;
2282 	compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2283 	vim_free(match->cp_str);
2284 	/* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
2285 	if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
2286 	    vim_free(match->cp_fname);
2287 	vim_free(match);
2288     } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
2289     compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
2290 }
2291 
2292     static void
2293 ins_compl_clear()
2294 {
2295     compl_cont_status = 0;
2296     compl_started = FALSE;
2297     compl_matches = 0;
2298     vim_free(compl_pattern);
2299     compl_pattern = NULL;
2300     save_sm = -1;
2301     edit_submode_extra = NULL;
2302 }
2303 
2304 /*
2305  * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
2306  * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
2307  */
2308     static void
2309 ins_compl_prep(c)
2310     int	    c;
2311 {
2312     char_u	*ptr;
2313     int		temp;
2314     int		want_cindent;
2315 
2316     /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
2317      * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
2318      */
2319     if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2320 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
2321 
2322     /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
2323     if (c == K_SELECT)
2324 	return;
2325 
2326     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
2327     {
2328 	/*
2329 	 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
2330 	 * it will be yet.  Now we decide.
2331 	 */
2332 	switch (c)
2333 	{
2334 	    case Ctrl_E:
2335 	    case Ctrl_Y:
2336 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
2337 		if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2338 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
2339 		else
2340 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
2341 		edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2342 		showmode();
2343 		break;
2344 	    case Ctrl_L:
2345 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2346 		break;
2347 	    case Ctrl_F:
2348 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
2349 		break;
2350 	    case Ctrl_K:
2351 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2352 		break;
2353 	    case Ctrl_R:
2354 		/* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
2355 		break;
2356 	    case Ctrl_T:
2357 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
2358 		break;
2359 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2360 	    case Ctrl_U:
2361 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
2362 		break;
2363 #endif
2364 	    case Ctrl_O:
2365 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
2366 		break;
2367 	    case 's':
2368 	    case Ctrl_S:
2369 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
2370 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2371 		spell_back_to_badword();
2372 #endif
2373 		break;
2374 	    case Ctrl_RSB:
2375 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
2376 		break;
2377 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2378 	    case Ctrl_I:
2379 	    case K_S_TAB:
2380 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
2381 		break;
2382 	    case Ctrl_D:
2383 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
2384 		break;
2385 #endif
2386 	    case Ctrl_V:
2387 	    case Ctrl_Q:
2388 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
2389 		break;
2390 	    case Ctrl_P:
2391 	    case Ctrl_N:
2392 		/* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
2393 		 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
2394 		 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
2395 		 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
2396 		 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
2397 		 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
2398 		 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode  -- Acevedo */
2399 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
2400 		    compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
2401 		else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
2402 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
2403 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
2404 	    default:
2405 		/* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
2406 		 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
2407 		 * mode).
2408 		 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
2409 		 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
2410 		 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
2411 		 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
2412 		 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
2413 		 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
2414 		 * mode  -- Acevedo */
2415 		if (c == Ctrl_X)
2416 		{
2417 		    if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
2418 			compl_cont_status = 0;
2419 		    else
2420 			compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2421 		}
2422 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2423 		edit_submode = NULL;
2424 		showmode();
2425 		break;
2426 	}
2427     }
2428     else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2429     {
2430 	/* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
2431 	if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2432 	{
2433 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
2434 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2435 	    else
2436 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
2437 	    edit_submode = NULL;
2438 	}
2439 	showmode();
2440     }
2441 
2442     if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
2443     {
2444 	/* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
2445 	 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
2446 	 * showing what mode we are in. */
2447 	showmode();
2448 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
2449 		|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
2450 	{
2451 	    /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
2452 	     * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode.  Free up
2453 	     * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
2454 	    if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
2455 	    {
2456 		char_u	*p;
2457 
2458 		/*
2459 		 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
2460 		 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
2461 		 * the redo buffer.  We add as few as necessary to delete
2462 		 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
2463 		 */
2464 		ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
2465 		p = compl_orig_text;
2466 		while (*p && *p == *ptr)
2467 		{
2468 		    ++p;
2469 		    ++ptr;
2470 		}
2471 		for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
2472 		    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
2473 		AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
2474 	    }
2475 
2476 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2477 	    want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
2478 #endif
2479 	    /*
2480 	     * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
2481 	     * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
2482 	     */
2483 	    if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2484 	    {
2485 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2486 		/* re-indent the current line */
2487 		if (want_cindent)
2488 		{
2489 		    do_c_expr_indent();
2490 		    want_cindent = FALSE;	/* don't do it again */
2491 		}
2492 #endif
2493 	    }
2494 	    else
2495 	    {
2496 		/* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
2497 		curwin->w_cursor.col--;
2498 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
2499 		    insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
2500 		curwin->w_cursor.col++;
2501 	    }
2502 
2503 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
2504 
2505 	    ins_compl_free();
2506 	    compl_started = FALSE;
2507 	    compl_matches = 0;
2508 	    msg_clr_cmdline();		/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
2509 	    ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2510 	    if (save_sm >= 0)
2511 		p_sm = save_sm;
2512 	    if (edit_submode != NULL)
2513 	    {
2514 		edit_submode = NULL;
2515 		showmode();
2516 	    }
2517 
2518 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2519 	    /*
2520 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
2521 	     */
2522 	    if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
2523 		do_c_expr_indent();
2524 #endif
2525 	}
2526     }
2527 
2528     /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
2529      * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
2530     if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2531     {
2532 	compl_cont_status = 0;
2533 	compl_cont_mode = 0;
2534     }
2535 }
2536 
2537 /*
2538  * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
2539  * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
2540  * buffer (other than curbuf).	curbuf is special, if it is called with
2541  * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
2542  *
2543  * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
2544  */
2545     static buf_T *
2546 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
2547     buf_T	*buf;
2548     int		flag;
2549 {
2550 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2551     static win_T *wp;
2552 #endif
2553 
2554     if (flag == 'w')		/* just windows */
2555     {
2556 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2557 	if (buf == curbuf)	/* first call for this flag/expansion */
2558 	    wp = curwin;
2559 	while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
2560 		&& wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
2561 	    ;
2562 	buf = wp->w_buffer;
2563 #else
2564 	buf = curbuf;
2565 #endif
2566     }
2567     else
2568 	/* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
2569 	 * (unlisted buffers)
2570 	 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
2571 	while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
2572 		&& ((flag == 'U'
2573 			? buf->b_p_bl
2574 			: (!buf->b_p_bl
2575 			    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
2576 		    || buf->b_scanned
2577 		    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
2578 			&& ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
2579 	    ;
2580     return buf;
2581 }
2582 
2583 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2584 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
2585 
2586 /*
2587  * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get matches in
2588  * "matches".
2589  * Return value is number of matches.
2590  */
2591     static int
2592 expand_by_function(col, base, matches)
2593     int		col;
2594     char_u	*base;
2595     char_u	***matches;
2596 {
2597     list_T      *matchlist;
2598     char_u	colbuf[30];
2599     char_u	*args[3];
2600     listitem_T	*li;
2601     garray_T    ga;
2602     char_u	*p;
2603 
2604     if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
2605 	return 0;
2606 
2607     /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
2608     args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
2609     sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (int)STRLEN(base));
2610     args[1] = colbuf;
2611     args[2] = base;
2612 
2613     matchlist = call_func_retlist(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
2614     if (matchlist == NULL)
2615 	return 0;
2616 
2617     /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
2618     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
2619     for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
2620     {
2621 	p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
2622 	if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
2623 	{
2624 	    if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
2625 		break;
2626 	    ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
2627 	    ++ga.ga_len;
2628 	}
2629     }
2630 
2631     list_unref(matchlist);
2632     *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
2633     return ga.ga_len;
2634 }
2635 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
2636 
2637 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
2638 
2639 /*
2640  * Perform occult completion'
2641  * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
2642  */
2643     static int
2644 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
2645     linenr_T	lnum;
2646     int		col;
2647     char_u	*pat;
2648     char_u	***matchp;
2649 {
2650     int	    num_matches;
2651 
2652     /* Use tag completion for now. */
2653     if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
2654 	    TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
2655 	    TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
2656 	    TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
2657 	return 0;
2658     return num_matches;
2659 }
2660 
2661 /*
2662  * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
2663  * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
2664  * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
2665  * continue where we stopped searching before.
2666  * This may return before finding all the matches.
2667  * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
2668  */
2669     static int
2670 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
2671     pos_T	*ini;
2672     int		dir;
2673 {
2674     static pos_T	first_match_pos;
2675     static pos_T	last_match_pos;
2676     static char_u	*e_cpt = (char_u *)"";	/* curr. entry in 'complete' */
2677     static int		found_all = FALSE;	/* Found all matches of a
2678 						   certain type. */
2679     static buf_T	*ins_buf = NULL;	/* buffer being scanned */
2680 
2681     pos_T	*pos;
2682     char_u	**matches;
2683     int		save_p_scs;
2684     int		save_p_ws;
2685     int		save_p_ic;
2686     int		i;
2687     int		num_matches;
2688     int		len;
2689     int		found_new_match;
2690     int		type = ctrl_x_mode;
2691     char_u	*ptr;
2692     char_u	*dict = NULL;
2693     int		dict_f = 0;
2694     compl_T	*old_match;
2695 
2696     if (!compl_started)
2697     {
2698 	for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
2699 	    ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
2700 	found_all = FALSE;
2701 	ins_buf = curbuf;
2702 	e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
2703 					    ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
2704 	last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
2705     }
2706 
2707     old_match = compl_curr_match;	/* remember the last current match */
2708     pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
2709     /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
2710     for (;;)
2711     {
2712 	found_new_match = FAIL;
2713 
2714 	/* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
2715 	 * or if found_all says this entry is done.  For ^X^L only use the
2716 	 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
2717 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2718 					&& (!compl_started || found_all))
2719 	{
2720 	    found_all = FALSE;
2721 	    while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
2722 		e_cpt++;
2723 	    if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
2724 	    {
2725 		ins_buf = curbuf;
2726 		first_match_pos = *ini;
2727 		/* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
2728 		if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
2729 		    dec(&first_match_pos);
2730 		last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
2731 		type = 0;
2732 	    }
2733 	    else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
2734 		 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
2735 	    {
2736 		/* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
2737 		if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)   /* loaded buffer */
2738 		{
2739 		    compl_started = TRUE;
2740 		    first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
2741 		    first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
2742 		    last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
2743 		    type = 0;
2744 		}
2745 		else	/* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
2746 		{
2747 		    found_all = TRUE;
2748 		    if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
2749 			continue;
2750 		    type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2751 		    dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
2752 		    dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
2753 		}
2754 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
2755 			ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
2756 			    ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
2757 			    : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
2758 				? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
2759 				: (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
2760 		msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2761 	    }
2762 	    else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
2763 		break;
2764 	    else
2765 	    {
2766 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2767 		    type = -1;
2768 		else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
2769 		{
2770 		    if (*e_cpt == 'k')
2771 			type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2772 		    else
2773 			type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
2774 		    if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
2775 		    {
2776 			dict = e_cpt;
2777 			dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
2778 		    }
2779 		}
2780 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2781 		else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
2782 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
2783 		else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
2784 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
2785 #endif
2786 		else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
2787 		{
2788 		    type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
2789 		    sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
2790 		    msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2791 		}
2792 		else
2793 		    type = -1;
2794 
2795 		/* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
2796 		(void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
2797 
2798 		found_all = TRUE;
2799 		if (type == -1)
2800 		    continue;
2801 	    }
2802 	}
2803 
2804 	switch (type)
2805 	{
2806 	case -1:
2807 	    break;
2808 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2809 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2810 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2811 	    find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
2812 				 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
2813 				 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
2814 				  && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
2815 				 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
2816 				 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
2817 	    break;
2818 #endif
2819 
2820 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2821 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2822 	    ins_compl_dictionaries(
2823 		    dict ? dict
2824 			 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
2825 			     ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
2826 				 ? p_tsr
2827 				 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
2828 			     : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
2829 				 ? p_dict
2830 				 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
2831 			    compl_pattern, dir,
2832 				 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
2833 	    dict = NULL;
2834 	    break;
2835 
2836 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2837 	    /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
2838 	    save_p_ic = p_ic;
2839 	    p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
2840 
2841 	    /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches.  Avoids that an enourmous number
2842 	     * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
2843 	    if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
2844 		    TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
2845 		    TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
2846 		    TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
2847 	    {
2848 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2849 	    }
2850 	    p_ic = save_p_ic;
2851 	    break;
2852 
2853 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
2854 	    if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
2855 				  EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
2856 	    {
2857 
2858 		/* May change home directory back to "~". */
2859 		tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
2860 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2861 	    }
2862 	    break;
2863 
2864 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2865 	    if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
2866 			(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
2867 					 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
2868 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2869 	    break;
2870 
2871 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2872 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2873 	    num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.col,
2874 						     compl_pattern, &matches);
2875 	    if (num_matches > 0)
2876 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2877 	    break;
2878 #endif
2879 
2880 	case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
2881 	    num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
2882 				 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
2883 	    if (num_matches > 0)
2884 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2885 	    break;
2886 
2887 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2888 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2889 	    num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
2890 				 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
2891 	    if (num_matches > 0)
2892 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
2893 #endif
2894 	    break;
2895 
2896 	default:	/* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
2897 	    /*
2898 	     * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
2899 	     */
2900 	    save_p_scs = p_scs;
2901 	    if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
2902 		p_scs = FALSE;
2903 
2904 	    /*	buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
2905 	     *	end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
2906 	     *	buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
2907 	     *	wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
2908 	    save_p_ws = p_ws;
2909 	    if (ins_buf != curbuf)
2910 		p_ws = FALSE;
2911 	    else if (*e_cpt == '.')
2912 		p_ws = TRUE;
2913 	    for (;;)
2914 	    {
2915 		int	flags = 0;
2916 
2917 		/* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
2918 		 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
2919 		if (	ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
2920 			|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
2921 		    found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
2922 							    dir, compl_pattern);
2923 		else
2924 		    found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
2925 				 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
2926 								     RE_LAST);
2927 		if (!compl_started)
2928 		{
2929 		    /* set compl_started even on fail */
2930 		    compl_started = TRUE;
2931 		    first_match_pos = *pos;
2932 		    last_match_pos = *pos;
2933 		}
2934 		else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
2935 			 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
2936 		    found_new_match = FAIL;
2937 		if (found_new_match == FAIL)
2938 		{
2939 		    if (ins_buf == curbuf)
2940 			found_all = TRUE;
2941 		    break;
2942 		}
2943 
2944 		/* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
2945 		if (	(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
2946 			&& ini->lnum == pos->lnum
2947 			&& ini->col  == pos->col)
2948 		    continue;
2949 		ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
2950 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2951 		{
2952 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
2953 		    {
2954 			if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2955 			    continue;
2956 			ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
2957 			if (!p_paste)
2958 			    ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
2959 		    }
2960 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
2961 		}
2962 		else
2963 		{
2964 		    char_u	*tmp_ptr = ptr;
2965 
2966 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
2967 		    {
2968 			tmp_ptr += compl_length;
2969 			/* Skip if already inside a word. */
2970 			if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
2971 			    continue;
2972 			/* Find start of next word. */
2973 			tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
2974 		    }
2975 		    /* Find end of this word. */
2976 		    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
2977 		    len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
2978 
2979 		    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
2980 						       && len == compl_length)
2981 		    {
2982 			if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2983 			{
2984 			    /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
2985 			     * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
2986 			     * IOSIZE is always greater than
2987 			     * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
2988 			     * works -- Acevedo */
2989 			    STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
2990 			    ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
2991 			    tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
2992 			    /* Find start of next word. */
2993 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
2994 			    /* Find end of next word. */
2995 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
2996 			    if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
2997 			    {
2998 				if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
2999 				{
3000 				    if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
3001 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
3002 				    /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
3003 				    if (p_js
3004 					&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
3005 					    || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
3006 								       == NULL
3007 						&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
3008 						 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
3009 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
3010 				}
3011 				/* copy as much as posible of the new word */
3012 				if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
3013 				    tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
3014 				STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
3015 				len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
3016 				flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
3017 			    }
3018 			    IObuff[len] = NUL;
3019 			    ptr = IObuff;
3020 			}
3021 			if (len == compl_length)
3022 			    continue;
3023 		    }
3024 		}
3025 		if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
3026 			    ins_buf == curbuf ?  NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
3027 						       dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
3028 		{
3029 		    found_new_match = OK;
3030 		    break;
3031 		}
3032 	    }
3033 	    p_scs = save_p_scs;
3034 	    p_ws = save_p_ws;
3035 	}
3036 	/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
3037 	 * expansion added somenthing) */
3038 	if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
3039 	    found_new_match = OK;
3040 
3041 	/* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
3042 	 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
3043 	if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3044 						   || found_new_match != FAIL)
3045 	    break;
3046 
3047 	/* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
3048 	if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
3049 	    ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
3050 
3051 	compl_started = FALSE;
3052     }
3053     compl_started = TRUE;
3054 
3055     if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3056 	    && *e_cpt == NUL)		/* Got to end of 'complete' */
3057 	found_new_match = FAIL;
3058 
3059     i = -1;		/* total of matches, unknown */
3060     if (found_new_match == FAIL
3061 	    || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
3062 	i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
3063 
3064     /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
3065      * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
3066      * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
3067     compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
3068     if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
3069 	compl_curr_match = old_match;
3070     return i;
3071 }
3072 
3073 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
3074     static void
3075 ins_compl_delete()
3076 {
3077     int	    i;
3078 
3079     /*
3080      * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
3081      * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
3082      */
3083     i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
3084     backspace_until_column(i);
3085     changed_cline_bef_curs();
3086 }
3087 
3088 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
3089     static void
3090 ins_compl_insert()
3091 {
3092     ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3093 }
3094 
3095 /*
3096  * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
3097  * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
3098  * get more completions.  If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
3099  * are no more completions in a given direction.  The latter case is used when
3100  * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
3101  * through the ones found so far.
3102  * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
3103  *
3104  * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
3105  * compl_shown_match here.
3106  *
3107  * Note that this function may be called recursively once only.  First with
3108  * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
3109  * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
3110  */
3111     static int
3112 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
3113     int	    allow_get_expansion;
3114 {
3115     int	    num_matches = -1;
3116     int	    i;
3117 
3118     if (allow_get_expansion)
3119     {
3120 	/* Delete old text to be replaced */
3121 	ins_compl_delete();
3122     }
3123     compl_pending = FALSE;
3124     if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
3125 	compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
3126     else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
3127 	compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
3128     else
3129     {
3130 	compl_pending = TRUE;
3131 	if (allow_get_expansion)
3132 	{
3133 	    num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
3134 							  compl_direction);
3135 	    if (compl_pending)
3136 	    {
3137 		if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
3138 		    compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
3139 	    }
3140 	}
3141 	else
3142 	    return -1;
3143     }
3144 
3145     /* Insert the text of the new completion */
3146     ins_compl_insert();
3147 
3148     if (!allow_get_expansion)
3149     {
3150 	/* Display the current match. */
3151 	update_screen(0);
3152 
3153 	/* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
3154 	 * don't want to match ourselves!  */
3155 	ins_compl_delete();
3156     }
3157 
3158     /*
3159      * Show the file name for the match (if any)
3160      * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
3161      */
3162     if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
3163     {
3164 	STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
3165 	i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
3166 	if (i <= 0)
3167 	    i = 0;
3168 	else
3169 	    STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
3170 	STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
3171 	msg(IObuff);
3172 	redraw_cmdline = FALSE;	    /* don't overwrite! */
3173     }
3174 
3175     return num_matches;
3176 }
3177 
3178 /*
3179  * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
3180  * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
3181  * mode.  Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
3182  * possible. -- webb
3183  * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
3184  */
3185     void
3186 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
3187     int		frequency;
3188 {
3189     static int	count = 0;
3190 
3191     int	    c;
3192 
3193     /* Don't check when reading keys from a script.  That would break the test
3194      * scripts */
3195     if (using_script())
3196 	return;
3197 
3198     /* Only do this at regular intervals */
3199     if (++count < frequency)
3200 	return;
3201     count = 0;
3202 
3203     ++no_mapping;
3204     c = vpeekc_any();
3205     --no_mapping;
3206     if (c != NUL)
3207     {
3208 	if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
3209 	{
3210 	    c = safe_vgetc();	/* Eat the character */
3211 	    if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
3212 		compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
3213 	    else
3214 		compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
3215 	    (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
3216 	}
3217 	else if (c != Ctrl_R)
3218 	    compl_interrupted = TRUE;
3219     }
3220     if (compl_pending && !got_int)
3221 	(void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
3222 }
3223 
3224 /*
3225  * Do Insert mode completion.
3226  * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
3227  * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
3228  */
3229     static int
3230 ins_complete(c)
3231     int		c;
3232 {
3233     char_u	*line;
3234     int		startcol = 0;	    /* column where searched text starts */
3235     colnr_T	curs_col;	    /* cursor column */
3236     int		n;
3237 
3238     if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
3239 	compl_direction = BACKWARD;
3240     else
3241 	compl_direction = FORWARD;
3242     if (!compl_started)
3243     {
3244 	/* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
3245 
3246 	/* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
3247 	save_sm = p_sm;
3248 	p_sm = FALSE;
3249 
3250 	did_ai = FALSE;
3251 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
3252 	did_si = FALSE;
3253 	can_si = FALSE;
3254 	can_si_back = FALSE;
3255 #endif
3256 	if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
3257 	    return FAIL;
3258 
3259 	line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
3260 	curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3261 
3262 	/* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
3263 	 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
3264 	 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
3265 	 * "compl_startpos"
3266 	 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
3267 	 * been split because it was longer than 'tw').  if SOL is set then
3268 	 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
3269 	 * been inserted, we'll look for that  -- Acevedo. */
3270 	if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
3271 	{
3272 	    /*
3273 	     * it is a continued search
3274 	     */
3275 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT;	/* remove INTRPT */
3276 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
3277 					|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
3278 	    {
3279 		if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
3280 		{
3281 		    /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
3282 		     * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
3283 		     * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
3284 		     * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
3285 		    compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
3286 		    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3287 		    compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
3288 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;   /* clear SOL if present */
3289 		}
3290 		else
3291 		{
3292 		    /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
3293 		     * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
3294 		     * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
3295 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
3296 		    {
3297 			compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
3298 			compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
3299 						line + compl_length
3300 						+ compl_startpos.col) - line);
3301 		    }
3302 		    compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
3303 		}
3304 		compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3305 		/* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
3306 		 * have enough space?  just being paranoic */
3307 #define	MIN_SPACE 75
3308 		if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
3309 		{
3310 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
3311 		    compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
3312 		    compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
3313 		}
3314 		compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
3315 		if (compl_length < 1)
3316 		    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
3317 	    }
3318 	    else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3319 		compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
3320 	    else
3321 		compl_cont_status = 0;
3322 	}
3323 	else
3324 	    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
3325 
3326 	if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))	/* normal expansion */
3327 	{
3328 	    compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
3329 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)	/* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
3330 		compl_cont_status = 0;
3331 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
3332 	    compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
3333 	    startcol = (int)curs_col;
3334 	    compl_col = 0;
3335 	}
3336 
3337 	/* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
3338 	if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
3339 	{
3340 	    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
3341 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
3342 	    {
3343 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
3344 		{
3345 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
3346 			;
3347 		    compl_col += ++startcol;
3348 		    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
3349 		}
3350 		if (p_ic)
3351 		    compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
3352 						       compl_length, NULL, 0);
3353 		else
3354 		    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
3355 								compl_length);
3356 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3357 		    return FAIL;
3358 	    }
3359 	    else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3360 	    {
3361 		char_u	    *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
3362 
3363 		/* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
3364 		 * 2 >= strlen(prefix)	-- Acevedo */
3365 		compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
3366 							   compl_length) + 3);
3367 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3368 		    return FAIL;
3369 		if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
3370 			|| (compl_col > 0
3371 			    && (
3372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3373 				vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
3374 #else
3375 				vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
3376 #endif
3377 				)))
3378 		    prefix = (char_u *)"";
3379 		STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
3380 		(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
3381 					      line + compl_col, compl_length);
3382 	    }
3383 	    else if (--startcol < 0 ||
3384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3385 			   !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
3386 #else
3387 			   !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
3388 #endif
3389 		    )
3390 	    {
3391 		/* Match any word of at least two chars */
3392 		compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
3393 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3394 		    return FAIL;
3395 		compl_col += curs_col;
3396 		compl_length = 0;
3397 	    }
3398 	    else
3399 	    {
3400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3401 		/* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
3402 		 * or not a word single byte character backward.  */
3403 		if (has_mbyte)
3404 		{
3405 		    int base_class;
3406 		    int head_off;
3407 
3408 		    startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
3409 		    base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
3410 		    while (--startcol >= 0)
3411 		    {
3412 			head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
3413 			if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
3414 								  - head_off))
3415 			    break;
3416 			startcol -= head_off;
3417 		    }
3418 		}
3419 		else
3420 #endif
3421 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
3422 			;
3423 		compl_col += ++startcol;
3424 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
3425 		if (compl_length == 1)
3426 		{
3427 		    /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
3428 		     * there's no need to call quote_meta,
3429 		     * alloc(7) is enough  -- Acevedo
3430 		     */
3431 		    compl_pattern = alloc(7);
3432 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3433 			return FAIL;
3434 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
3435 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
3436 		    STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
3437 		}
3438 		else
3439 		{
3440 		    compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
3441 							   compl_length) + 3);
3442 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3443 			return FAIL;
3444 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
3445 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
3446 								compl_length);
3447 		}
3448 	    }
3449 	}
3450 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3451 	{
3452 	    compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
3453 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
3454 	    if (compl_length < 0)	/* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
3455 		compl_length = 0;
3456 	    if (p_ic)
3457 		compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
3458 								     NULL, 0);
3459 	    else
3460 		compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3461 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3462 		return FAIL;
3463 	}
3464 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
3465 	{
3466 	    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
3467 		;
3468 	    compl_col += ++startcol;
3469 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
3470 	    compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
3471 								EXPAND_FILES);
3472 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3473 		return FAIL;
3474 	}
3475 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
3476 	{
3477 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
3478 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3479 		return FAIL;
3480 	    set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
3481 				     (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
3482 	    if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
3483 		    || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
3484 		return FAIL;
3485 	    startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
3486 	    compl_col = startcol;
3487 	    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
3488 	}
3489 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3490 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
3491 	{
3492 	    /*
3493 	     * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" is
3494 	     * 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
3495 	     */
3496 	    char_u	colbuf[30];
3497 	    char_u	*args[3];
3498 	    int		col;
3499 
3500 	    /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
3501 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
3502 		return FAIL;
3503 
3504 	    args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
3505 	    sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", (int)curs_col);
3506 	    args[1] = colbuf;
3507 	    args[2] = NULL;
3508 
3509 	    col = call_func_retnr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
3510 	    if (col < 0)
3511 		return FAIL;
3512 	    compl_col = col;
3513 	    if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
3514 		compl_col = curs_col;
3515 
3516 	    /* Setup variables for completion.  Need to obtain "line" again,
3517 	     * it may have become invalid. */
3518 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
3519 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
3520 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3521 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3522 		return FAIL;
3523 	}
3524 #endif
3525 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
3526 	{
3527 	    /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
3528 	     * to be completed. */
3529 	    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
3530 		;
3531 	    compl_col += ++startcol;
3532 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
3533 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3534 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3535 		return FAIL;
3536 	}
3537 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
3538 	{
3539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3540 	    if (spell_bad_len > 0)
3541 		compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
3542 	    else
3543 		compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
3544 	    if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
3545 		return FAIL;
3546 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
3547 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3548 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3549 #endif
3550 		return FAIL;
3551 	}
3552 	else
3553 	{
3554 	    EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
3555 	    return FAIL;
3556 	}
3557 
3558 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3559 	{
3560 	    edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
3561 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3562 	    {
3563 		/* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
3564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
3565 		char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
3566 
3567 		curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
3568 #endif
3569 		compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
3570 		compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3571 		ins_eol('\r');
3572 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
3573 		curbuf->b_p_com = old;
3574 #endif
3575 		compl_length = 0;
3576 		compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3577 	    }
3578 	}
3579 	else
3580 	{
3581 	    edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3582 	    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3583 	}
3584 
3585 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3586 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
3587 	else
3588 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
3589 
3590 	/* Always add completion for the original text.  Note that
3591 	 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
3592 	 * when the list of matches is freed. */
3593 	compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3594 	if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
3595 					    -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
3596 	{
3597 	    vim_free(compl_pattern);
3598 	    compl_pattern = NULL;
3599 	    vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3600 	    compl_orig_text = NULL;
3601 	    return FAIL;
3602 	}
3603 
3604 	/* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
3605 	 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
3606 	 * longer needed.  -- Acevedo.
3607 	 */
3608 	edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
3609 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3610 	showmode();
3611 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3612 	out_flush();
3613     }
3614 
3615     compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
3616     compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3617 
3618     /*
3619      * Find next match.
3620      */
3621     n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
3622 
3623     if (n > 1)		/* all matches have been found */
3624 	compl_matches = n;
3625     compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3626     compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
3627     compl_interrupted = FALSE;
3628 
3629     /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
3630     if (got_int && !global_busy)
3631     {
3632 	(void)vgetc();
3633 	got_int = FALSE;
3634     }
3635 
3636     /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
3637     if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
3638     {
3639 	edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3640 			&& compl_length > 1
3641 			     ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
3642 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
3643 	/* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
3644 	 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
3645 	 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
3646 	 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already.  -- Acevedo */
3647 	if (	   compl_length > 1
3648 		|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3649 		|| (ctrl_x_mode != 0
3650 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
3651 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
3652 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
3653     }
3654 
3655     if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
3656 	compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
3657     else
3658 	compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
3659 
3660     if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
3661     {
3662 	if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3663 	{
3664 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
3665 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
3666 	}
3667 	else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
3668 	{
3669 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
3670 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3671 	}
3672 	else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
3673 	{
3674 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
3675 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3676 	}
3677 	else
3678 	{
3679 	    /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
3680 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
3681 	    {
3682 		int		number = 0;
3683 		compl_T		*match;
3684 
3685 		if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
3686 		{
3687 		    /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
3688 		     * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
3689 		     * cycle, so it's fast! */
3690 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
3691 			    && match != compl_first_match;
3692 						       match = match->cp_prev)
3693 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
3694 			{
3695 			    number = match->cp_number;
3696 			    break;
3697 			}
3698 		    if (match != NULL)
3699 			/* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
3700 			 * yet */
3701 			for (match = match->cp_next; match
3702 				&& match->cp_number == -1;
3703 						       match = match->cp_next)
3704 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
3705 		}
3706 		else /* BACKWARD */
3707 		{
3708 		    /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
3709 		     * number.  This should normally succeed already at the
3710 		     * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
3711 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
3712 			    && match != compl_first_match;
3713 						       match = match->cp_next)
3714 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
3715 			{
3716 			    number = match->cp_number;
3717 			    break;
3718 			}
3719 		    if (match != NULL)
3720 			/* go down and assign all numbers which are not
3721 			 * assigned yet */
3722 			for (match = match->cp_prev; match
3723 				&& match->cp_number == -1;
3724 						       match = match->cp_prev)
3725 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
3726 		}
3727 	    }
3728 
3729 	    /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
3730 	     * a safety check. */
3731 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
3732 	    {
3733 		/* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
3734 		static char_u match_ref[31];
3735 
3736 		if (compl_matches > 0)
3737 		    sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
3738 				compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
3739 		else
3740 		    sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
3741 						 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
3742 		vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
3743 		edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
3744 		edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
3745 		if (dollar_vcol)
3746 		    curs_columns(FALSE);
3747 	    }
3748 	}
3749     }
3750 
3751     /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
3752     showmode();
3753     if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
3754     {
3755 	if (!p_smd)
3756 	    msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
3757 		    edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
3758 		    ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
3759     }
3760     else
3761 	msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3762 
3763     return OK;
3764 }
3765 
3766 /*
3767  * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
3768  * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
3769  * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
3770  * Returns the length (needed) of dest
3771  */
3772     static int
3773 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
3774     char_u	*dest;
3775     char_u	*src;
3776     int		len;
3777 {
3778     int	m;
3779 
3780     for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
3781     {
3782 	switch (*src)
3783 	{
3784 	    case '.':
3785 	    case '*':
3786 	    case '[':
3787 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
3788 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
3789 		    break;
3790 	    case '~':
3791 		if (!p_magic)	/* quote these only if magic is set */
3792 		    break;
3793 	    case '\\':
3794 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
3795 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
3796 		    break;
3797 	    case '^':		/* currently it's not needed. */
3798 	    case '$':
3799 		m++;
3800 		if (dest != NULL)
3801 		    *dest++ = '\\';
3802 		break;
3803 	}
3804 	if (dest != NULL)
3805 	    *dest++ = *src;
3806 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3807 	/* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
3808 	if (has_mbyte)
3809 	{
3810 	    int i, mb_len;
3811 
3812 	    mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
3813 	    if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
3814 		for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
3815 		{
3816 		    --len;
3817 		    ++src;
3818 		    if (dest != NULL)
3819 			*dest++ = *src;
3820 		}
3821 	}
3822 # endif
3823     }
3824     if (dest != NULL)
3825 	*dest = NUL;
3826 
3827     return m;
3828 }
3829 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
3830 
3831 /*
3832  * Next character is interpreted literally.
3833  * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
3834  * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
3835  * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
3836  */
3837     int
3838 get_literal()
3839 {
3840     int		cc;
3841     int		nc;
3842     int		i;
3843     int		hex = FALSE;
3844     int		octal = FALSE;
3845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3846     int		unicode = 0;
3847 #endif
3848 
3849     if (got_int)
3850 	return Ctrl_C;
3851 
3852 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3853     /*
3854      * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
3855      * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead.	This would
3856      * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
3857      * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
3858      */
3859     if (gui.in_use)
3860 	++allow_keys;
3861 #endif
3862 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3863     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
3864 #endif
3865     ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
3866     cc = 0;
3867     i = 0;
3868     for (;;)
3869     {
3870 	do
3871 	    nc = safe_vgetc();
3872 	while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3873 						    || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
3874 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
3875 	if (!(State & CMDLINE)
3876 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3877 		&& MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
3878 # endif
3879 	   )
3880 	    add_to_showcmd(nc);
3881 #endif
3882 	if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
3883 	    hex = TRUE;
3884 	else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
3885 	    octal = TRUE;
3886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3887 	else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
3888 	    unicode = nc;
3889 #endif
3890 	else
3891 	{
3892 	    if (hex
3893 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3894 		    || unicode != 0
3895 #endif
3896 		    )
3897 	    {
3898 		if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
3899 		    break;
3900 		cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
3901 	    }
3902 	    else if (octal)
3903 	    {
3904 		if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
3905 		    break;
3906 		cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
3907 	    }
3908 	    else
3909 	    {
3910 		if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
3911 		    break;
3912 		cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
3913 	    }
3914 
3915 	    ++i;
3916 	}
3917 
3918 	if (cc > 255
3919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3920 		&& unicode == 0
3921 #endif
3922 		)
3923 	    cc = 255;		/* limit range to 0-255 */
3924 	nc = 0;
3925 
3926 	if (hex)		/* hex: up to two chars */
3927 	{
3928 	    if (i >= 2)
3929 		break;
3930 	}
3931 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3932 	else if (unicode)	/* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
3933 	{
3934 	    if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
3935 		break;
3936 	}
3937 #endif
3938 	else if (i >= 3)	/* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
3939 	    break;
3940     }
3941     if (i == 0)	    /* no number entered */
3942     {
3943 	if (nc == K_ZERO)   /* NUL is stored as NL */
3944 	{
3945 	    cc = '\n';
3946 	    nc = 0;
3947 	}
3948 	else
3949 	{
3950 	    cc = nc;
3951 	    nc = 0;
3952 	}
3953     }
3954 
3955     if (cc == 0)	/* NUL is stored as NL */
3956 	cc = '\n';
3957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3958     if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
3959 	cc = '?';	/* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
3960 			   second byte will cause trouble! */
3961 #endif
3962 
3963     --no_mapping;
3964 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3965     if (gui.in_use)
3966 	--allow_keys;
3967 #endif
3968     if (nc)
3969 	vungetc(nc);
3970     got_int = FALSE;	    /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
3971     return cc;
3972 }
3973 
3974 /*
3975  * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
3976  */
3977     static void
3978 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
3979     int	    c;
3980     int	    allow_modmask;
3981     int	    ctrlv;	    /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
3982 {
3983     char_u  *p;
3984     int	    len;
3985 
3986     /*
3987      * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
3988      * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
3989      * mode.
3990      * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
3991      * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
3992      */
3993 #ifdef MACOS
3994     /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
3995     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
3996 	allow_modmask = TRUE;
3997 #endif
3998     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
3999     {
4000 	p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
4001 	len = (int)STRLEN(p);
4002 	c = p[len - 1];
4003 	if (len > 2)
4004 	{
4005 	    if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4006 		return;
4007 	    p[len - 1] = NUL;
4008 	    ins_str(p);
4009 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
4010 	    ctrlv = FALSE;
4011 	}
4012     }
4013     if (stop_arrow() == OK)
4014 	insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
4015 }
4016 
4017 /*
4018  * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
4019  * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
4020  * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
4021  * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
4022  * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
4023  * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
4024  * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
4025  */
4026 #ifdef EBCDIC
4027 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
4028 #else
4029 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
4030 #endif
4031 
4032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4033 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
4034 #else
4035 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
4036 #endif
4037 
4038     void
4039 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
4040     int		c;			/* character to insert or NUL */
4041     int		flags;			/* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
4042     int		second_indent;		/* indent for second line if >= 0 */
4043 {
4044     int		haveto_redraw = FALSE;
4045     int		textwidth;
4046 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4047     colnr_T	leader_len;
4048     char_u	*p;
4049     int		no_leader = FALSE;
4050     int		do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
4051 #endif
4052     int		fo_white_par;
4053     int		first_line = TRUE;
4054     int		fo_ins_blank;
4055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4056     int		fo_multibyte;
4057 #endif
4058     int		save_char = NUL;
4059     int		cc;
4060 
4061     textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
4062     fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
4063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4064     fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
4065 #endif
4066     fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
4067 
4068     /*
4069      * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
4070      * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
4071      * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
4072      *   ends in white space.
4073      * - Otherwise:
4074      *	 - Don't do this if inserting a blank
4075      *	 - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
4076      *	   we're in VREPLACE mode.
4077      *	 - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
4078      *	 or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
4079      *	       before the insert.
4080      *	    - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
4081      *	      before 'textwidth'
4082      */
4083     if (textwidth
4084 	    && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4085 		|| (!vim_iswhite(c)
4086 		    && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
4087 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4088 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4089 #endif
4090 			&& *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
4091 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
4092 			|| ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
4093 				|| Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
4094 			    && (!fo_ins_blank
4095 				|| Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
4096 			    ))))))
4097     {
4098 	/*
4099 	 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
4100 	 * deleted.  Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
4101 	 */
4102 	if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
4103 	{
4104 	    cc = gchar_cursor();
4105 	    if (vim_iswhite(cc))
4106 	    {
4107 		save_char = cc;
4108 		pchar_cursor('x');
4109 	    }
4110 	}
4111 
4112 	/*
4113 	 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
4114 	 */
4115 	while (!got_int)
4116 	{
4117 	    int		startcol;		/* Cursor column at entry */
4118 	    int		wantcol;		/* column at textwidth border */
4119 	    int		foundcol;		/* column for start of spaces */
4120 	    int		end_foundcol = 0;	/* column for start of word */
4121 	    colnr_T	len;
4122 	    colnr_T	virtcol;
4123 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4124 	    int		orig_col = 0;
4125 	    char_u	*saved_text = NULL;
4126 #endif
4127 	    colnr_T	col;
4128 
4129 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
4130 	    if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
4131 		break;
4132 
4133 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4134 	    if (no_leader)
4135 		do_comments = FALSE;
4136 	    else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4137 					   && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
4138 		do_comments = TRUE;
4139 
4140 	    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
4141 	    if (do_comments)
4142 		leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
4143 	    else
4144 		leader_len = 0;
4145 
4146 	    /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
4147 	     * start one in a following broken line.  Avoids that a %word
4148 	     * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
4149 	     * to start with %. */
4150 	    if (leader_len == 0)
4151 		no_leader = TRUE;
4152 #endif
4153 	    if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4154 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4155 		    && leader_len == 0
4156 #endif
4157 		    && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
4158 
4159 	    {
4160 		textwidth = 0;
4161 		break;
4162 	    }
4163 	    if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
4164 		break;
4165 
4166 	    /* find column of textwidth border */
4167 	    coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
4168 	    wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4169 
4170 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
4171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4172 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
4173 	    if (has_mbyte)
4174 		mb_adjust_cursor();
4175 #endif
4176 	    foundcol = 0;
4177 
4178 	    /*
4179 	     * Find position to break at.
4180 	     * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
4181 	     */
4182 	    while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
4183 			|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
4184 			|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
4185 	    {
4186 		cc = gchar_cursor();
4187 		if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4188 		{
4189 		    /* remember position of blank just before text */
4190 		    end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4191 
4192 		    /* find start of sequence of blanks */
4193 		    while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
4194 		    {
4195 			dec_cursor();
4196 			cc = gchar_cursor();
4197 		    }
4198 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
4199 			break;		/* only spaces in front of text */
4200 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4201 		    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
4202 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
4203 			break;
4204 #endif
4205 		    if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
4206 		    {
4207 			/* do not break after one-letter words */
4208 			if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
4209 			    break;	/* one-letter word at begin */
4210 
4211 			col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4212 			dec_cursor();
4213 			cc = gchar_cursor();
4214 
4215 			if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4216 			    continue;	/* one-letter, continue */
4217 			curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
4218 		    }
4219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4220 		    if (has_mbyte)
4221 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
4222 					     + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
4223 		    else
4224 #endif
4225 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
4226 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
4227 			break;
4228 		}
4229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4230 		else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
4231 				  && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
4232 		{
4233 		    /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
4234 		    foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4235 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
4236 			foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
4237 		    end_foundcol = foundcol;
4238 		    break;
4239 		}
4240 #endif
4241 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
4242 		    break;
4243 		dec_cursor();
4244 	    }
4245 
4246 	    if (foundcol == 0)		/* no spaces, cannot break line */
4247 	    {
4248 		curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
4249 		break;
4250 	    }
4251 
4252 	    /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
4253 	    undisplay_dollar();
4254 
4255 	    /*
4256 	     * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
4257 	     * stack functions.  VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
4258 	     * over the text instead.
4259 	     */
4260 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4261 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4262 		orig_col = startcol;	/* Will start backspacing from here */
4263 	    else
4264 #endif
4265 		replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
4266 
4267 	    /*
4268 	     * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
4269 	     * characters that will remain on top line
4270 	     */
4271 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
4272 	    while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
4273 		inc_cursor();
4274 	    startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
4275 	    if (startcol < 0)
4276 		startcol = 0;
4277 
4278 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4279 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4280 	    {
4281 		/*
4282 		 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
4283 		 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
4284 		 */
4285 		saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
4286 		curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
4287 		if (saved_text == NULL)
4288 		    break;	/* Can't do it, out of memory */
4289 		saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
4290 
4291 		/* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
4292 		if (!fo_white_par)
4293 		    backspace_until_column(foundcol);
4294 	    }
4295 	    else
4296 #endif
4297 	    {
4298 		/* put cursor after pos. to break line */
4299 		if (!fo_white_par)
4300 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
4301 	    }
4302 
4303 	    /*
4304 	     * Split the line just before the margin.
4305 	     * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
4306 	     */
4307 	    open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
4308 		    + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
4309 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4310 		    + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
4311 #endif
4312 		    , old_indent);
4313 	    old_indent = 0;
4314 
4315 	    replace_offset = 0;
4316 	    if (first_line)
4317 	    {
4318 		if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
4319 		    second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
4320 		if (second_indent >= 0)
4321 		{
4322 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4323 		    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4324 			change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
4325 		    else
4326 #endif
4327 			(void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
4328 		}
4329 		first_line = FALSE;
4330 	    }
4331 
4332 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4333 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4334 	    {
4335 		/*
4336 		 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
4337 		 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
4338 		 */
4339 		ins_bytes(saved_text);
4340 		vim_free(saved_text);
4341 	    }
4342 	    else
4343 #endif
4344 	    {
4345 		/*
4346 		 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
4347 		 * may have added or removed indent.
4348 		 */
4349 		curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
4350 		len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
4351 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
4352 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
4353 	    }
4354 
4355 	    haveto_redraw = TRUE;
4356 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4357 	    can_cindent = TRUE;
4358 #endif
4359 	    /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
4360 	    did_ai = FALSE;
4361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4362 	    did_si = FALSE;
4363 	    can_si = FALSE;
4364 	    can_si_back = FALSE;
4365 #endif
4366 	    line_breakcheck();
4367 	}
4368 
4369 	if (save_char)			/* put back space after cursor */
4370 	    pchar_cursor(save_char);
4371 
4372 	if (c == NUL)			/* formatting only */
4373 	    return;
4374 	if (haveto_redraw)
4375 	{
4376 	    update_topline();
4377 	    redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
4378 	}
4379     }
4380     if (c == NUL)	    /* only formatting was wanted */
4381 	return;
4382 
4383 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4384     /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
4385     if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
4386     {
4387 	char_u  *line;
4388 	char_u	lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN];	    /* end-comment string */
4389 	int	middle_len, end_len;
4390 	int	i;
4391 
4392 	/*
4393 	 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
4394 	 * comment leader.  First, check what comment leader we can find.
4395 	 */
4396 	i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
4397 	if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)	/* Just checking */
4398 	{
4399 	    /* Skip middle-comment string */
4400 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of middle flags */
4401 		++p;
4402 	    middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
4403 	    /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
4404 	    while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
4405 		--middle_len;
4406 
4407 	    /* Find the end-comment string */
4408 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of end flags */
4409 		++p;
4410 	    end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
4411 
4412 	    /* Skip white space before the cursor */
4413 	    i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4414 	    while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
4415 		;
4416 	    i++;
4417 
4418 	    /* Skip to before the middle leader */
4419 	    i -= middle_len;
4420 
4421 	    /* Check some expected things before we go on */
4422 	    if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
4423 	    {
4424 		/* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
4425 		backspace_until_column(i);
4426 
4427 		/*
4428 		 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
4429 		 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
4430 		 */
4431 		ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
4432 	    }
4433 	}
4434     }
4435     end_comment_pending = NUL;
4436 #endif
4437 
4438     did_ai = FALSE;
4439 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4440     did_si = FALSE;
4441     can_si = FALSE;
4442     can_si_back = FALSE;
4443 #endif
4444 
4445     /*
4446      * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
4447      * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
4448      * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
4449      * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
4450      * 'paste' is set)..
4451      */
4452 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
4453     dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
4454 #endif
4455 
4456     if (       !ISSPECIAL(c)
4457 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4458 	    && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
4459 #endif
4460 	    && vpeekc() != NUL
4461 	    && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
4462 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4463 	    && !cindent_on()
4464 #endif
4465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4466 	    && !p_ri
4467 #endif
4468 	       )
4469     {
4470 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
4471 	char_u		buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
4472 	int		i;
4473 	colnr_T		virtcol = 0;
4474 
4475 	buf[0] = c;
4476 	i = 1;
4477 	if (textwidth)
4478 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
4479 	/*
4480 	 * Stop the string when:
4481 	 * - no more chars available
4482 	 * - finding a special character (command key)
4483 	 * - buffer is full
4484 	 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
4485 	 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
4486 	 */
4487 	while (	   (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
4488 		&& !ISSPECIAL(c)
4489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4490 		&& (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
4491 #endif
4492 		&& i < INPUT_BUFLEN
4493 		&& (textwidth == 0
4494 		    || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
4495 		&& !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
4496 	{
4497 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4498 	    c = vgetc();
4499 	    if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
4500 		c = hkmap(c);		    /* Hebrew mode mapping */
4501 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
4502 	    if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
4503 		c = fkmap(c);		    /* Farsi mode mapping */
4504 # endif
4505 	    buf[i++] = c;
4506 #else
4507 	    buf[i++] = vgetc();
4508 #endif
4509 	}
4510 
4511 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
4512 	do_digraph(-1);			/* clear digraphs */
4513 	do_digraph(buf[i-1]);		/* may be the start of a digraph */
4514 #endif
4515 	buf[i] = NUL;
4516 	ins_str(buf);
4517 	if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
4518 	{
4519 	    redo_literal(*buf);
4520 	    i = 1;
4521 	}
4522 	else
4523 	    i = 0;
4524 	if (buf[i] != NUL)
4525 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
4526     }
4527     else
4528     {
4529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4530 	if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
4531 	{
4532 	    char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
4533 
4534 	    (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
4535 	    buf[cc] = NUL;
4536 	    ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
4537 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4538 	}
4539 	else
4540 #endif
4541 	{
4542 	    ins_char(c);
4543 	    if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
4544 		redo_literal(c);
4545 	    else
4546 		AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4547 	}
4548     }
4549 }
4550 
4551 /*
4552  * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
4553  * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
4554  * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
4555  * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
4556  * saved here.
4557  */
4558     void
4559 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
4560     int		trailblank;	/* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
4561     int		prev_line;	/* may start in previous line */
4562 {
4563     pos_T	pos;
4564     colnr_T	len;
4565     char_u	*old;
4566     char_u	*new, *pnew;
4567     int		wasatend;
4568     int		cc;
4569 
4570     if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
4571 	return;
4572 
4573     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4574     old = ml_get_curline();
4575 
4576     /* may remove added space */
4577     check_auto_format(FALSE);
4578 
4579     /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
4580      * user might insert normal text next.  Also skip formatting when "1" is
4581      * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
4582      * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
4583      * next they are not joined back together. */
4584     wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
4585     if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
4586     {
4587 	dec_cursor();
4588 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4589 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
4590 					  && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
4591 	    dec_cursor();
4592 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4593 	if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4594 	{
4595 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;
4596 	    return;
4597 	}
4598 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
4599     }
4600 
4601 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4602     /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
4603      * comments. */
4604     if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
4605 				     && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
4606 	return;
4607 #endif
4608 
4609     /*
4610      * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
4611      * moved to the previous line if it fits there now.  Only when this is not
4612      * the start of a paragraph.
4613      */
4614     if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
4615     {
4616 	--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4617 	if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
4618 	    return;
4619     }
4620 
4621     /*
4622      * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position.  "saved_cursor" will
4623      * be adjusted for the text formatting.
4624      */
4625     saved_cursor = pos;
4626     format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
4627     curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
4628     saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
4629 
4630     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4631     {
4632 	/* "cannot happen" */
4633 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4634 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
4635     }
4636     else
4637 	check_cursor_col();
4638 
4639     /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
4640      * previously wasn't, the line was broken.  Because of the rule above we
4641      * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
4642      * formatted. */
4643     if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
4644     {
4645 	new = ml_get_curline();
4646 	len = STRLEN(new);
4647 	if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
4648 	{
4649 	    pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
4650 	    pnew[len] = ' ';
4651 	    pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
4652 	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
4653 	    /* remove the space later */
4654 	    did_add_space = TRUE;
4655 	}
4656 	else
4657 	    /* may remove added space */
4658 	    check_auto_format(FALSE);
4659     }
4660 
4661     check_cursor();
4662 }
4663 
4664 /*
4665  * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
4666  * delete it now.  The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
4667  * position.
4668  */
4669     static void
4670 check_auto_format(end_insert)
4671     int		end_insert;	    /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
4672 {
4673     int		c = ' ';
4674     int		cc;
4675 
4676     if (did_add_space)
4677     {
4678 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4679 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
4680 	    /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
4681 	    did_add_space = FALSE;
4682 	else
4683 	{
4684 	    if (!end_insert)
4685 	    {
4686 		inc_cursor();
4687 		c = gchar_cursor();
4688 		dec_cursor();
4689 	    }
4690 	    if (c != NUL)
4691 	    {
4692 		/* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
4693 		del_char(FALSE);
4694 		did_add_space = FALSE;
4695 	    }
4696 	}
4697     }
4698 }
4699 
4700 /*
4701  * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
4702  *	if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
4703  *	else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
4704  *	if invalid value, use 0.
4705  *	Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
4706  */
4707     int
4708 comp_textwidth(ff)
4709     int		ff;	/* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
4710 {
4711     int		textwidth;
4712 
4713     textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
4714     if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
4715     {
4716 	/* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
4717 	 * things that add to the margin. */
4718 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
4719 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
4720 	if (cmdwin_type != 0)
4721 	    textwidth -= 1;
4722 #endif
4723 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4724 	textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
4725 #endif
4726 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
4727 	if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
4728 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4729 			    || usingNetbeans
4730 # endif
4731 		    )
4732 	    textwidth -= 1;
4733 #endif
4734 	if (curwin->w_p_nu)
4735 	    textwidth -= 8;
4736     }
4737     if (textwidth < 0)
4738 	textwidth = 0;
4739     if (ff && textwidth == 0)
4740     {
4741 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
4742 	if (textwidth > 79)
4743 	    textwidth = 79;
4744     }
4745     return textwidth;
4746 }
4747 
4748 /*
4749  * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
4750  */
4751     static void
4752 redo_literal(c)
4753     int	    c;
4754 {
4755     char_u	buf[10];
4756 
4757     /* Only digits need special treatment.  Translate them into a string of
4758      * three digits. */
4759     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
4760     {
4761 	sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
4762 	AppendToRedobuff(buf);
4763     }
4764     else
4765 	AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4766 }
4767 
4768 /*
4769  * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
4770  * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
4771  */
4772     static void
4773 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
4774     pos_T    *end_insert_pos;
4775 {
4776     if (!arrow_used)	    /* something has been inserted */
4777     {
4778 	AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
4779 	stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
4780 	arrow_used = TRUE;	/* this means we stopped the current insert */
4781     }
4782 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4783     check_spell_redraw();
4784 #endif
4785 }
4786 
4787 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4788 /*
4789  * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
4790  * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
4791  */
4792     static void
4793 check_spell_redraw()
4794 {
4795     if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
4796     {
4797 	linenr_T	lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
4798 
4799 	spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
4800 	redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
4801     }
4802 }
4803 
4804 /*
4805  * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
4806  * spelled word, if there is one.
4807  */
4808     static void
4809 spell_back_to_badword()
4810 {
4811     pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4812 
4813     spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
4814     if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
4815 	start_arrow(&tpos);
4816 }
4817 #endif
4818 
4819 /*
4820  * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
4821  * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
4822  * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
4823  */
4824     int
4825 stop_arrow()
4826 {
4827     if (arrow_used)
4828     {
4829 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
4830 	{
4831 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
4832 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
4833 	}
4834 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;	/* new insertion starts here */
4835 	Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
4836 	ai_col = 0;
4837 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4838 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4839 	{
4840 	    orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4841 	    vr_lines_changed = 1;
4842 	}
4843 #endif
4844 	ResetRedobuff();
4845 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i");   /* pretend we start an insertion */
4846     }
4847     else if (ins_need_undo)
4848     {
4849 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
4850 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
4851     }
4852 
4853 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4854     /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
4855     foldOpenCursor();
4856 #endif
4857 
4858     return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
4859 }
4860 
4861 /*
4862  * do a few things to stop inserting
4863  */
4864     static void
4865 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
4866     pos_T    *end_insert_pos;	/* where insert ended */
4867     int	    esc;		/* called by ins_esc() */
4868 {
4869     int	    cc;
4870 
4871     stop_redo_ins();
4872     replace_flush();		/* abandon replace stack */
4873 
4874     /*
4875      * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
4876      */
4877     vim_free(last_insert);
4878     last_insert = get_inserted();
4879     last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
4880 
4881     if (!arrow_used)
4882     {
4883 	/* Auto-format now.  It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
4884 	 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
4885 	 * a line and having it end in a space.  But only do it when something
4886 	 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
4887 	if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
4888 	{
4889 	    pos_T   tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4890 
4891 	    /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
4892 	     * formatting will move it to the following word.  Avoid that by
4893 	     * moving the cursor onto the space. */
4894 	    cc = 'x';
4895 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
4896 	    {
4897 		dec_cursor();
4898 		cc = gchar_cursor();
4899 		if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
4900 		    curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
4901 	    }
4902 
4903 	    auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
4904 
4905 	    if (vim_iswhite(cc))
4906 	    {
4907 		if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
4908 		    inc_cursor();
4909 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4910 		/* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
4911 		 * the "coladd". */
4912 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
4913 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
4914 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
4915 		    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
4916 #endif
4917 	    }
4918 	}
4919 
4920 	/* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
4921 	check_auto_format(TRUE);
4922 
4923 	/* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
4924 	 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
4925 	 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
4926 	if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
4927 			   && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
4928 	{
4929 	    pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4930 
4931 	    curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
4932 	    if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
4933 		--curwin->w_cursor.col;
4934 	    while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
4935 		(void)del_char(TRUE);
4936 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
4937 		curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
4938 	    else if (cc != NUL)
4939 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;	/* put cursor back on the NUL */
4940 
4941 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4942 	    /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
4943 	     * deleted characters. */
4944 	    if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4945 	    {
4946 		cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
4947 		if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
4948 		{
4949 		    VIsual.col = cc;
4950 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4951 		    VIsual.coladd = 0;
4952 # endif
4953 		}
4954 	    }
4955 #endif
4956 	}
4957     }
4958     did_ai = FALSE;
4959 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4960     did_si = FALSE;
4961     can_si = FALSE;
4962     can_si_back = FALSE;
4963 #endif
4964 
4965     /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
4966     curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
4967     curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
4968 }
4969 
4970 /*
4971  * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
4972  * Used for the replace command.
4973  */
4974     void
4975 set_last_insert(c)
4976     int		c;
4977 {
4978     char_u	*s;
4979 
4980     vim_free(last_insert);
4981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4982     last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
4983 #else
4984     last_insert = alloc(6);
4985 #endif
4986     if (last_insert != NULL)
4987     {
4988 	s = last_insert;
4989 	/* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
4990 	if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
4991 	    *s++ = Ctrl_V;
4992 	s = add_char2buf(c, s);
4993 	*s++ = ESC;
4994 	*s++ = NUL;
4995 	last_insert_skip = 0;
4996     }
4997 }
4998 
4999 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
5000     void
5001 free_last_insert()
5002 {
5003     vim_free(last_insert);
5004     last_insert = NULL;
5005 }
5006 #endif
5007 
5008 /*
5009  * Add character "c" to buffer "s".  Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
5010  * and CSI.  Handle multi-byte characters.
5011  * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
5012  */
5013     char_u *
5014 add_char2buf(c, s)
5015     int		c;
5016     char_u	*s;
5017 {
5018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5019     char_u	temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
5020     int		i;
5021     int		len;
5022 
5023     len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
5024     for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
5025     {
5026 	c = temp[i];
5027 #endif
5028 	/* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
5029 	if (c == K_SPECIAL)
5030 	{
5031 	    *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
5032 	    *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
5033 	    *s++ = KE_FILLER;
5034 	}
5035 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5036 	else if (c == CSI)
5037 	{
5038 	    *s++ = CSI;
5039 	    *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
5040 	    *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
5041 	}
5042 #endif
5043 	else
5044 	    *s++ = c;
5045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5046     }
5047 #endif
5048     return s;
5049 }
5050 
5051 /*
5052  * move cursor to start of line
5053  * if flags & BL_WHITE	move to first non-white
5054  * if flags & BL_SOL	move to first non-white if startofline is set,
5055  *			    otherwise keep "curswant" column
5056  * if flags & BL_FIX	don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
5057  */
5058     void
5059 beginline(flags)
5060     int		flags;
5061 {
5062     if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
5063 	coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5064     else
5065     {
5066 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5067 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5068 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
5069 #endif
5070 
5071 	if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
5072 	{
5073 	    char_u  *ptr;
5074 
5075 	    for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
5076 			       && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
5077 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5078 	}
5079 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5080     }
5081 }
5082 
5083 /*
5084  * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
5085  *
5086  * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
5087  * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
5088  * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
5089  */
5090 
5091     int
5092 oneright()
5093 {
5094     char_u	*ptr;
5095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5096     int		l;
5097 #endif
5098 
5099 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5100     if (virtual_active())
5101     {
5102 	pos_T	prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5103 
5104 	/* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
5105 	ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5106 	coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
5107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5108 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
5109 #else
5110 			    *ptr
5111 #endif
5112 			    ))
5113 		    ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
5114 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5115 	/* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
5116 	return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
5117 		    || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
5118     }
5119 #endif
5120 
5121     ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5123     if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
5124     {
5125 	/* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
5126 	 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
5127 	if (ptr[l] == NUL)
5128 	    return FAIL;
5129 	curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
5130     }
5131     else
5132 #endif
5133     {
5134 	if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
5135 	    return FAIL;
5136 	++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5137     }
5138 
5139     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5140     return OK;
5141 }
5142 
5143     int
5144 oneleft()
5145 {
5146 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5147     if (virtual_active())
5148     {
5149 	int width;
5150 	int v = getviscol();
5151 
5152 	if (v == 0)
5153 	    return FAIL;
5154 
5155 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
5156 	/* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
5157 	width = 1;
5158 	for (;;)
5159 	{
5160 	    coladvance(v - width);
5161 	    /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
5162 	     * there are no multi-byte characters */
5163 	    if ((*p_sbr == NUL
5164 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5165 			&& !has_mbyte
5166 #  endif
5167 			) || getviscol() < v)
5168 		break;
5169 	    ++width;
5170 	}
5171 # else
5172 	coladvance(v - 1);
5173 # endif
5174 
5175 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
5176 	{
5177 	    char_u *ptr;
5178 
5179 	    /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
5180 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5181 	    if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
5182 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5183 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
5184 #  else
5185 			    *ptr
5186 #  endif
5187 			    ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
5188 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
5189 	}
5190 
5191 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5192 	return OK;
5193     }
5194 #endif
5195 
5196     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5197 	return FAIL;
5198 
5199     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5200     --curwin->w_cursor.col;
5201 
5202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5203     /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
5204      * character, move to its first byte */
5205     if (has_mbyte)
5206 	mb_adjust_cursor();
5207 #endif
5208     return OK;
5209 }
5210 
5211     int
5212 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
5213     long	n;
5214     int		upd_topline;	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
5215 {
5216     linenr_T	lnum;
5217 
5218     if (n > 0)
5219     {
5220 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5221 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
5222 	 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
5223 	if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
5224 	    return FAIL;
5225 	if (n >= lnum)
5226 	    lnum = 1;
5227 	else
5228 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5229 	    if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5230 	{
5231 	    /*
5232 	     * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
5233 	     */
5234 	    /* go to the the start of the current fold */
5235 	    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
5236 
5237 	    while (n--)
5238 	    {
5239 		/* move up one line */
5240 		--lnum;
5241 		if (lnum <= 1)
5242 		    break;
5243 		/* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
5244 		 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
5245 		 * in a moment. */
5246 		if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
5247 		    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
5248 	    }
5249 	    if (lnum < 1)
5250 		lnum = 1;
5251 	}
5252 	else
5253 #endif
5254 	    lnum -= n;
5255 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5256     }
5257 
5258     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
5259     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5260 
5261     if (upd_topline)
5262 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
5263 
5264     return OK;
5265 }
5266 
5267 /*
5268  * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
5269  */
5270     int
5271 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
5272     long	n;
5273     int		upd_topline;	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
5274 {
5275     linenr_T	lnum;
5276 
5277     if (n > 0)
5278     {
5279 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5281 	/* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
5282 	(void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
5283 #endif
5284 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
5285 	 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
5286 	if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
5287 		|| (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
5288 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
5289 	    return FAIL;
5290 	if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5291 	    lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5292 	else
5293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5294 	if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5295 	{
5296 	    linenr_T	last;
5297 
5298 	    /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
5299 	    while (n--)
5300 	    {
5301 		if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
5302 		    lnum = last + 1;
5303 		else
5304 		    ++lnum;
5305 		if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5306 		    break;
5307 	    }
5308 	    if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5309 		lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5310 	}
5311 	else
5312 #endif
5313 	    lnum += n;
5314 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5315     }
5316 
5317     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
5318     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5319 
5320     if (upd_topline)
5321 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
5322 
5323     return OK;
5324 }
5325 
5326 /*
5327  * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
5328  * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
5329  * first have to remove the command.
5330  */
5331     int
5332 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
5333     int	    c;		/* Command character to be inserted */
5334     long    count;	/* Repeat this many times */
5335     int	    no_esc;	/* Don't add an ESC at the end */
5336 {
5337     char_u	*esc_ptr;
5338     char_u	*ptr;
5339     char_u	*last_ptr;
5340     char_u	last = NUL;
5341 
5342     ptr = get_last_insert();
5343     if (ptr == NULL)
5344     {
5345 	EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
5346 	return FAIL;
5347     }
5348 
5349     /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
5350     if (c != NUL)
5351 	stuffcharReadbuff(c);
5352     if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
5353 	*esc_ptr = NUL;	    /* remove the ESC */
5354 
5355     /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
5356      * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
5357      * starts with ^D.	-- Acevedo
5358      */
5359     last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
5360     if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
5361 	    && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
5362     {
5363 	last = *last_ptr;
5364 	*last_ptr = NUL;
5365     }
5366 
5367     do
5368     {
5369 	stuffReadbuff(ptr);
5370 	/* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
5371 	if (last)
5372 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
5373 			? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
5374 			: IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
5375     }
5376     while (--count > 0);
5377 
5378     if (last)
5379 	*last_ptr = last;
5380 
5381     if (esc_ptr != NULL)
5382 	*esc_ptr = ESC;	    /* put the ESC back */
5383 
5384     /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
5385     if (!no_esc)
5386 	stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
5387 
5388     return OK;
5389 }
5390 
5391     char_u *
5392 get_last_insert()
5393 {
5394     if (last_insert == NULL)
5395 	return NULL;
5396     return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
5397 }
5398 
5399 /*
5400  * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
5401  * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
5402  */
5403     char_u *
5404 get_last_insert_save()
5405 {
5406     char_u	*s;
5407     int		len;
5408 
5409     if (last_insert == NULL)
5410 	return NULL;
5411     s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
5412     if (s != NULL)
5413     {
5414 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
5415 	if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC)	/* remove trailing ESC */
5416 	    s[len - 1] = NUL;
5417     }
5418     return s;
5419 }
5420 
5421 /*
5422  * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
5423  * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
5424  * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
5425  * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
5426  */
5427     static int
5428 echeck_abbr(c)
5429     int c;
5430 {
5431     /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
5432      * after moving around with cursor keys. */
5433     if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
5434 	return FALSE;
5435 
5436     return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
5437 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
5438 }
5439 
5440 /*
5441  * replace-stack functions
5442  *
5443  * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
5444  * new character.  This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
5445  *
5446  * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
5447  * currently in the file after the insertion point.  When BS is used, one NUL
5448  * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
5449  *
5450  * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists.  One contains the characters
5451  * that the NL replaced.  The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
5452  * that were deleted (always white space).
5453  *
5454  * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
5455  * character at the end of the stack.  If replace_offset is not 0, that many
5456  * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
5457  */
5458 
5459 static char_u	*replace_stack = NULL;
5460 static long	replace_stack_nr = 0;	    /* next entry in replace stack */
5461 static long	replace_stack_len = 0;	    /* max. number of entries */
5462 
5463     void
5464 replace_push(c)
5465     int	    c;	    /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
5466 {
5467     char_u  *p;
5468 
5469     if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset)	/* nothing to do */
5470 	return;
5471     if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
5472     {
5473 	replace_stack_len += 50;
5474 	p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
5475 	if (p == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
5476 	{
5477 	    replace_stack_len -= 50;
5478 	    return;
5479 	}
5480 	if (replace_stack != NULL)
5481 	{
5482 	    mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
5483 				 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
5484 	    vim_free(replace_stack);
5485 	}
5486 	replace_stack = p;
5487     }
5488     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
5489     if (replace_offset)
5490 	mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
5491     *p = c;
5492     ++replace_stack_nr;
5493 }
5494 
5495 /*
5496  * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
5497  */
5498     static void
5499 replace_push_off(c)
5500     int	    c;
5501 {
5502     char_u	*p;
5503 
5504     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
5505     for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
5506 							     ++replace_offset)
5507 	if (*--p == NUL)
5508 	    break;
5509     replace_push(c);
5510     replace_offset = 0;
5511 }
5512 
5513 /*
5514  * Pop one item from the replace stack.
5515  * return -1 if stack empty
5516  * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
5517  */
5518     static int
5519 replace_pop()
5520 {
5521     if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
5522 	return -1;
5523     return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
5524 }
5525 
5526 /*
5527  * Join the top two items on the replace stack.  This removes to "off"'th NUL
5528  * encountered.
5529  */
5530     static void
5531 replace_join(off)
5532     int	    off;	/* offset for which NUL to remove */
5533 {
5534     int	    i;
5535 
5536     for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
5537 	if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
5538 	{
5539 	    --replace_stack_nr;
5540 	    mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
5541 					      (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
5542 	    return;
5543 	}
5544 }
5545 
5546 /*
5547  * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
5548  * before the cursor.  Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
5549  */
5550     static void
5551 replace_pop_ins()
5552 {
5553     int	    cc;
5554     int	    oldState = State;
5555 
5556     State = NORMAL;			/* don't want REPLACE here */
5557     while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
5558     {
5559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5560 	mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
5561 #else
5562 	ins_char(cc);
5563 #endif
5564 	dec_cursor();
5565     }
5566     State = oldState;
5567 }
5568 
5569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5570 /*
5571  * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte.  If it
5572  * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
5573  */
5574     static void
5575 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
5576     int		cc;
5577 {
5578     int		n;
5579     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
5580     int		i;
5581     int		c;
5582 
5583     if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
5584     {
5585 	buf[0] = cc;
5586 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
5587 	    buf[i] = replace_pop();
5588 	ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
5589     }
5590     else
5591 	ins_char(cc);
5592 
5593     if (enc_utf8)
5594 	/* Handle composing chars. */
5595 	for (;;)
5596 	{
5597 	    c = replace_pop();
5598 	    if (c == -1)	    /* stack empty */
5599 		break;
5600 	    if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
5601 	    {
5602 		/* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
5603 		replace_push(c);
5604 		break;
5605 	    }
5606 	    else
5607 	    {
5608 		buf[0] = c;
5609 		for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
5610 		    buf[i] = replace_pop();
5611 		if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
5612 		    ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
5613 		else
5614 		{
5615 		    /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
5616 		    for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
5617 			replace_push(buf[i]);
5618 		    break;
5619 		}
5620 	    }
5621 	}
5622 }
5623 #endif
5624 
5625 /*
5626  * make the replace stack empty
5627  * (called when exiting replace mode)
5628  */
5629     static void
5630 replace_flush()
5631 {
5632     vim_free(replace_stack);
5633     replace_stack = NULL;
5634     replace_stack_len = 0;
5635     replace_stack_nr = 0;
5636 }
5637 
5638 /*
5639  * Handle doing a BS for one character.
5640  * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
5641  * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
5642  * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
5643  * and check for more characters to be put back
5644  */
5645     static void
5646 replace_do_bs()
5647 {
5648     int		cc;
5649 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5650     int		orig_len = 0;
5651     int		ins_len;
5652     int		orig_vcols = 0;
5653     colnr_T	start_vcol;
5654     char_u	*p;
5655     int		i;
5656     int		vcol;
5657 #endif
5658 
5659     cc = replace_pop();
5660     if (cc > 0)
5661     {
5662 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5663 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5664 	{
5665 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
5666 	     * going to delete. */
5667 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
5668 	    orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
5669 	}
5670 #endif
5671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5672 	if (has_mbyte)
5673 	{
5674 	    del_char(FALSE);
5675 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5676 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5677 		orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
5678 # endif
5679 	    replace_push(cc);
5680 	}
5681 	else
5682 #endif
5683 	{
5684 	    pchar_cursor(cc);
5685 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5686 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5687 		orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
5688 #endif
5689 	}
5690 	replace_pop_ins();
5691 
5692 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5693 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5694 	{
5695 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
5696 	    p = ml_get_cursor();
5697 	    ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
5698 	    vcol = start_vcol;
5699 	    for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
5700 	    {
5701 		vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5703 		i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
5704 #endif
5705 	    }
5706 	    vcol -= start_vcol;
5707 
5708 	    /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
5709 	     * text aligned. */
5710 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
5711 	    while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
5712 	    {
5713 		del_char(FALSE);
5714 		++orig_vcols;
5715 	    }
5716 	    curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
5717 	}
5718 #endif
5719 
5720 	/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
5721 	changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
5722     }
5723     else if (cc == 0)
5724 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
5725 }
5726 
5727 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5728 /*
5729  * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
5730  */
5731     static int
5732 cindent_on()
5733 {
5734     return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
5735 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5736 		    || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
5737 # endif
5738 		    ));
5739 }
5740 #endif
5741 
5742 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
5743 /*
5744  * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
5745  * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
5746  * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
5747  * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
5748  */
5749 
5750     void
5751 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
5752     int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
5753 {
5754     change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
5755     if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
5756 	did_ai = TRUE;	    /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
5757 }
5758 
5759     void
5760 fix_indent()
5761 {
5762     if (p_paste)
5763 	return;
5764 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
5765     if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
5766 	fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
5767 # endif
5768 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
5769     else
5770 # endif
5771 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5772 	if (cindent_on())
5773 	    do_c_expr_indent();
5774 # endif
5775 }
5776 
5777 #endif
5778 
5779 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5780 /*
5781  * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
5782  * when == '*':	    Only if key is preceded with '*'	(indent before insert)
5783  * when == '!':	    Only if key is prededed with '!'	(don't insert)
5784  * when == ' ':	    Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
5785  *
5786  * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
5787  * KEY_OPEN_FORW
5788  * KEY_OPEN_BACK
5789  * KEY_COMPLETE	    just finished completion.
5790  *
5791  * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
5792  */
5793     int
5794 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
5795     int		keytyped;
5796     int		when;
5797     int		line_is_empty;
5798 {
5799     char_u	*look;
5800     int		try_match;
5801     int		try_match_word;
5802     char_u	*p;
5803     char_u	*line;
5804     int		icase;
5805     int		i;
5806 
5807 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5808     if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
5809 	look = curbuf->b_p_indk;	/* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
5810     else
5811 #endif
5812 	look = curbuf->b_p_cink;	/* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
5813     while (*look)
5814     {
5815 	/*
5816 	 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
5817 	 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
5818 	 */
5819 	switch (when)
5820 	{
5821 	    case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
5822 	    case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
5823 	     default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
5824 	}
5825 	if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
5826 	    ++look;
5827 
5828 	/*
5829 	 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
5830 	 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
5831 	 */
5832 	if (*look == '0')
5833 	{
5834 	    try_match_word = try_match;
5835 	    if (!line_is_empty)
5836 		try_match = FALSE;
5837 	    ++look;
5838 	}
5839 	else
5840 	    try_match_word = FALSE;
5841 
5842 	/*
5843 	 * does it look like a control character?
5844 	 */
5845 	if (*look == '^'
5846 #ifdef EBCDIC
5847 		&& (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
5848 #else
5849 		&& look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
5850 #endif
5851 		)
5852 	{
5853 	    if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
5854 		return TRUE;
5855 	    look += 2;
5856 	}
5857 	/*
5858 	 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
5859 	 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
5860 	 */
5861 	else if (*look == 'o')
5862 	{
5863 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
5864 		return TRUE;
5865 	    ++look;
5866 	}
5867 	else if (*look == 'O')
5868 	{
5869 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
5870 		return TRUE;
5871 	    ++look;
5872 	}
5873 
5874 	/*
5875 	 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
5876 	 * cursor.
5877 	 */
5878 	else if (*look == 'e')
5879 	{
5880 	    if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
5881 	    {
5882 		p = ml_get_curline();
5883 		if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
5884 			STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
5885 		    return TRUE;
5886 	    }
5887 	    ++look;
5888 	}
5889 
5890 	/*
5891 	 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
5892 	 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
5893 	 * class::method for C++).
5894 	 */
5895 	else if (*look == ':')
5896 	{
5897 	    if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
5898 	    {
5899 		p = ml_get_curline();
5900 		if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
5901 		    return TRUE;
5902 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
5903 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
5904 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
5905 		{
5906 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
5907 		    i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
5908 							  || cin_islabel(30));
5909 		    p = ml_get_curline();
5910 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
5911 		    if (i)
5912 			return TRUE;
5913 		}
5914 	    }
5915 	    ++look;
5916 	}
5917 
5918 
5919 	/*
5920 	 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
5921 	 */
5922 	else if (*look == '<')
5923 	{
5924 	    if (try_match)
5925 	    {
5926 		/*
5927 		 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
5928 		 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
5929 		 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
5930 		 */
5931 		if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
5932 						       && keytyped == look[1])
5933 		    return TRUE;
5934 
5935 		if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
5936 		    return TRUE;
5937 	    }
5938 	    while (*look && *look != '>')
5939 		look++;
5940 	    while (*look == '>')
5941 		look++;
5942 	}
5943 
5944 	/*
5945 	 * Is it a word: "=word"?
5946 	 */
5947 	else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
5948 	{
5949 	    ++look;
5950 	    if (*look == '~')
5951 	    {
5952 		icase = TRUE;
5953 		++look;
5954 	    }
5955 	    else
5956 		icase = FALSE;
5957 	    p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
5958 	    if (p == NULL)
5959 		p = look + STRLEN(look);
5960 	    if ((try_match || try_match_word)
5961 		    && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
5962 	    {
5963 		int		match = FALSE;
5964 
5965 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5966 		if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
5967 		{
5968 		    char_u	*s;
5969 
5970 		    /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
5971 		     * search back for the start of a word. */
5972 		    line = ml_get_curline();
5973 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5974 		    if (has_mbyte)
5975 		    {
5976 			char_u	*n;
5977 
5978 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
5979 			{
5980 			    n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
5981 			    if (!vim_iswordp(n))
5982 				break;
5983 			}
5984 		    }
5985 		    else
5986 # endif
5987 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
5988 			    if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
5989 				break;
5990 		    if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
5991 			    && (icase
5992 				? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
5993 				: STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
5994 			match = TRUE;
5995 		}
5996 		else
5997 #endif
5998 		    /* TODO: multi-byte */
5999 		    if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
6000 			 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
6001 		{
6002 		    line = ml_get_cursor();
6003 		    if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
6004 				|| !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
6005 			    && (icase
6006 				? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
6007 				: STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
6008 									 == 0)
6009 			match = TRUE;
6010 		}
6011 		if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
6012 		{
6013 		    /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
6014 		     * word. */
6015 		    line = ml_get_curline();
6016 		    if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
6017 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
6018 			match = FALSE;
6019 		}
6020 		if (match)
6021 		    return TRUE;
6022 	    }
6023 	    look = p;
6024 	}
6025 
6026 	/*
6027 	 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
6028 	 */
6029 	else
6030 	{
6031 	    if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
6032 		return TRUE;
6033 	    ++look;
6034 	}
6035 
6036 	/*
6037 	 * Skip over ", ".
6038 	 */
6039 	look = skip_to_option_part(look);
6040     }
6041     return FALSE;
6042 }
6043 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
6044 
6045 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
6046 /*
6047  * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
6048  */
6049     int
6050 hkmap(c)
6051     int c;
6052 {
6053     if (p_hkmapp)   /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
6054     {
6055 	enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
6056 	    KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
6057 	    PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
6058 	static char_u map[26] =
6059 	    {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET  /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF    /*c*/,
6060 	     (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1   /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
6061 	     (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI  /*h*/, (char_u)IUD     /*i*/,
6062 	     (char_u)HET  /*j*/, (char_u)KOF  /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED   /*l*/,
6063 	     (char_u)MEM  /*m*/, (char_u)NUN  /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH   /*o*/,
6064 	     (char_u)PEI  /*p*/, (char_u)-1   /*q*/, (char_u)RESH    /*r*/,
6065 	     (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV  /*t*/, (char_u)TET     /*u*/,
6066 	     (char_u)VAV  /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1      /*x*/,
6067 	     (char_u)AIN  /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
6068 
6069 	if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
6070 	    return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
6071 							    /* '-1'='sofit' */
6072 	else if (c == 'x')
6073 	    return 'X';
6074 	else if (c == 'q')
6075 	    return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
6076 	else if (c == 246)
6077 	    return ' ';  /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
6078 	else if (c == 228)
6079 	    return ' ';  /* \"a --> ' '      -- / --	       */
6080 	else if (c == 252)
6081 	    return ' ';  /* \"u --> ' '      -- / --	       */
6082 #ifdef EBCDIC
6083 	else if (islower(c))
6084 #else
6085 	/* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
6086 	 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
6087 	 * all systems.  Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
6088 	 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
6089 	 */
6090 	else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
6091 #endif
6092 	    return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
6093 	else
6094 	    return c;
6095     }
6096     else
6097     {
6098 	switch (c)
6099 	{
6100 	    case '`':	return ';';
6101 	    case '/':	return '.';
6102 	    case '\'':	return ',';
6103 	    case 'q':	return '/';
6104 	    case 'w':	return '\'';
6105 
6106 			/* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
6107 	    case ',':	c = '{'; break;
6108 	    case '.':	c = 'v'; break;
6109 	    case ';':	c = 't'; break;
6110 	    default: {
6111 			 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
6112 
6113 #ifdef EBCDIC
6114 			 /* see note about islower() above */
6115 			 if (!islower(c))
6116 #else
6117 			 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
6118 #endif
6119 			     return c;
6120 			 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
6121 			 break;
6122 		     }
6123 	}
6124 
6125 	return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
6126     }
6127 }
6128 #endif
6129 
6130     static void
6131 ins_reg()
6132 {
6133     int		need_redraw = FALSE;
6134     int		regname;
6135     int		literally = 0;
6136 
6137     /*
6138      * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
6139      */
6140     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
6141     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
6142     {
6143 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
6144 	ins_redraw();
6145 
6146 	edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
6147 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6148 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
6149 #endif
6150     }
6151 
6152 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
6153     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
6154 #endif
6155 
6156     /*
6157      * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
6158      * deleted when ESC is hit.
6159      */
6160     ++no_mapping;
6161     regname = safe_vgetc();
6162 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
6163     LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
6164 #endif
6165     if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
6166     {
6167 	/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
6168 	literally = regname;
6169 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6170 	add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
6171 #endif
6172 	regname = safe_vgetc();
6173 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
6174 	LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
6175 #endif
6176     }
6177     --no_mapping;
6178 
6179 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6180     /*
6181      * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
6182      * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
6183      */
6184     ++no_u_sync;
6185     if (regname == '=')
6186     {
6187 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6188 	int	im_on = im_get_status();
6189 # endif
6190 	regname = get_expr_register();
6191 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6192 	/* Restore the Input Method. */
6193 	if (im_on)
6194 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
6195 # endif
6196     }
6197     if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
6198     {
6199 	vim_beep();
6200 	need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
6201     }
6202     else
6203     {
6204 #endif
6205 	if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
6206 	{
6207 	    /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
6208 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
6209 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
6210 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
6211 
6212 	    do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
6213 		 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
6214 	}
6215 	else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
6216 	{
6217 	    vim_beep();
6218 	    need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
6219 	}
6220 	else if (stop_insert_mode)
6221 	    /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
6222 	     * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
6223 	     * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
6224 	    need_redraw = TRUE;
6225 
6226 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6227     }
6228     --no_u_sync;
6229 #endif
6230 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6231     clear_showcmd();
6232 #endif
6233 
6234     /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
6235     if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
6236 	edit_unputchar();
6237 }
6238 
6239 /*
6240  * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
6241  */
6242     static void
6243 ins_ctrl_g()
6244 {
6245     int		c;
6246 
6247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6248     /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
6249     setcursor();
6250 #endif
6251 
6252     /*
6253      * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
6254      * deleted when ESC is hit.
6255      */
6256     ++no_mapping;
6257     c = safe_vgetc();
6258     --no_mapping;
6259     switch (c)
6260     {
6261 	/* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
6262 	case K_UP:
6263 	case Ctrl_K:
6264 	case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
6265 		  break;
6266 
6267 	/* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
6268 	case K_DOWN:
6269 	case Ctrl_J:
6270 	case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
6271 		  break;
6272 
6273 	/* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
6274 	case 'u': u_sync();
6275 		  ins_need_undo = TRUE;
6276 		  break;
6277 
6278 	/* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
6279 	default:  vim_beep();
6280     }
6281 }
6282 
6283 /*
6284  * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
6285  */
6286     static void
6287 ins_ctrl_hat()
6288 {
6289     if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
6290     {
6291 	/* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
6292 	if (State & LANGMAP)
6293 	{
6294 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
6295 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
6296 	}
6297 	else
6298 	{
6299 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
6300 	    State |= LANGMAP;
6301 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6302 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
6303 #endif
6304 	}
6305     }
6306 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6307     else
6308     {
6309 	/* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
6310 	if (im_get_status())
6311 	{
6312 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
6313 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
6314 	}
6315 	else
6316 	{
6317 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
6318 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
6319 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
6320 	}
6321     }
6322 #endif
6323     set_iminsert_global();
6324     showmode();
6325 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6326     /* may show different cursor shape or color */
6327     if (gui.in_use)
6328 	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
6329 #endif
6330 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
6331     /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
6332     status_redraw_curbuf();
6333 #endif
6334 }
6335 
6336 /*
6337  * Handle ESC in insert mode.
6338  * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
6339  * insert.
6340  */
6341     static int
6342 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
6343     long	*count;
6344     int		cmdchar;
6345     int		nomove;	    /* don't move cursor */
6346 {
6347     int		temp;
6348     static int	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
6349 
6350 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6351     check_spell_redraw();
6352 #endif
6353 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
6354 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
6355     hangul_input_state_set(0);
6356 # endif
6357     if (composing_hangul)
6358     {
6359 	push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
6360 	composing_hangul = 0;
6361     }
6362 #endif
6363 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
6364     previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
6365     KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
6366 #endif
6367 
6368     temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6369     if (disabled_redraw)
6370     {
6371 	--RedrawingDisabled;
6372 	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
6373     }
6374     if (!arrow_used)
6375     {
6376 	/*
6377 	 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
6378 	 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode.  Needed for
6379 	 * when "count" is non-zero.
6380 	 */
6381 	if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
6382 	    AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
6383 
6384 	/*
6385 	 * Repeating insert may take a long time.  Check for
6386 	 * interrupt now and then.
6387 	 */
6388 	if (*count > 0)
6389 	{
6390 	    line_breakcheck();
6391 	    if (got_int)
6392 		*count = 0;
6393 	}
6394 
6395 	if (--*count > 0)	/* repeat what was typed */
6396 	{
6397 	    /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
6398 	    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
6399 		State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
6400 
6401 	    (void)start_redo_ins();
6402 	    if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
6403 		stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR);	/* no ESC in redo buffer */
6404 	    ++RedrawingDisabled;
6405 	    disabled_redraw = TRUE;
6406 	    return FALSE;	/* repeat the insert */
6407 	}
6408 	stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
6409 	undisplay_dollar();
6410     }
6411 
6412     /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
6413      * indent */
6414     if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
6415 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6416 
6417     /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
6418     if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
6419 	curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
6420 
6421     /*
6422      * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
6423      * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
6424      */
6425     if (!nomove
6426 	    && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
6427 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6428 		|| curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
6429 #endif
6430 	       )
6431 	    && (restart_edit == NUL
6432 		   || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6433 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6434 		       && !VIsual_active
6435 #endif
6436 		      ))
6437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6438 	    && !revins_on
6439 #endif
6440 				      )
6441     {
6442 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6443 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
6444 	{
6445 	    oneleft();
6446 	    if (restart_edit != NUL)
6447 		++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
6448 	}
6449 	else
6450 #endif
6451 	{
6452 	    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6454 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
6455 	    if (has_mbyte)
6456 		mb_adjust_cursor();
6457 #endif
6458 	}
6459     }
6460 
6461 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6462     /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
6463      * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
6464      * well). */
6465     if (!(State & LANGMAP))
6466 	im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
6467     im_set_active(FALSE);
6468 #endif
6469 
6470     State = NORMAL;
6471     /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
6472     changed_cline_bef_curs();
6473 
6474 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
6475     setmouse();
6476 #endif
6477 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
6478     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
6479 #endif
6480 
6481     /*
6482      * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
6483      * Otherwise remove the mode message.
6484      */
6485     if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
6486 	showmode();
6487     else if (p_smd)
6488 	MSG("");
6489 
6490     return TRUE;	    /* exit Insert mode */
6491 }
6492 
6493 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6494 /*
6495  * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
6496  * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
6497  */
6498     static void
6499 ins_ctrl_()
6500 {
6501     if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
6502     {
6503 	while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
6504 	    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6505     }
6506     p_ri = !p_ri;
6507     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
6508     if (revins_on)
6509     {
6510 	revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6511 	revins_legal++;
6512 	revins_chars = 0;
6513 	undisplay_dollar();
6514     }
6515     else
6516 	revins_scol = -1;
6517 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6518     if (p_altkeymap)
6519     {
6520 	/*
6521 	 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
6522 	 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
6523 	 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
6524 	 */
6525 	arrow_used = TRUE;
6526 	(void)stop_arrow();
6527 	p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
6528 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
6529 	    State = INSERT;
6530     }
6531     else
6532 #endif
6533 	p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;    /* be consistent! */
6534     showmode();
6535 }
6536 #endif
6537 
6538 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6539 /*
6540  * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
6541  * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
6542  */
6543     static int
6544 ins_start_select(c)
6545     int		c;
6546 {
6547     if (km_startsel)
6548 	switch (c)
6549 	{
6550 	    case K_KHOME:
6551 	    case K_KEND:
6552 	    case K_PAGEUP:
6553 	    case K_KPAGEUP:
6554 	    case K_PAGEDOWN:
6555 	    case K_KPAGEDOWN:
6556 # ifdef MACOS
6557 	    case K_LEFT:
6558 	    case K_RIGHT:
6559 	    case K_UP:
6560 	    case K_DOWN:
6561 	    case K_END:
6562 	    case K_HOME:
6563 # endif
6564 		if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
6565 		    break;
6566 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
6567 	    case K_S_LEFT:
6568 	    case K_S_RIGHT:
6569 	    case K_S_UP:
6570 	    case K_S_DOWN:
6571 	    case K_S_END:
6572 	    case K_S_HOME:
6573 		/* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
6574 		 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
6575 		start_selection();
6576 
6577 		/* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
6578 		stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
6579 		if (mod_mask)
6580 		{
6581 		    char_u	    buf[4];
6582 
6583 		    buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
6584 		    buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
6585 		    buf[2] = mod_mask;
6586 		    buf[3] = NUL;
6587 		    stuffReadbuff(buf);
6588 		}
6589 		stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6590 		return TRUE;
6591 	}
6592     return FALSE;
6593 }
6594 #endif
6595 
6596 /*
6597  * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
6598  */
6599     static void
6600 ins_insert(replaceState)
6601     int	    replaceState;
6602 {
6603 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6604     if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
6605     {
6606 	beep_flush();
6607 	EMSG(farsi_text_3);	/* encoded in Farsi */
6608 	return;
6609     }
6610 #endif
6611 
6612 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6613     set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
6614 		   (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
6615 			    replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
6616     apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6617 #endif
6618     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6619 	State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
6620     else
6621 	State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
6622     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
6623     showmode();
6624 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
6625     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
6626 #endif
6627 }
6628 
6629 /*
6630  * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
6631  */
6632     static void
6633 ins_ctrl_o()
6634 {
6635 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6636     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6637 	restart_edit = 'V';
6638     else
6639 #endif
6640 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6641 	restart_edit = 'R';
6642     else
6643 	restart_edit = 'I';
6644 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6645     if (virtual_active())
6646 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor always keeps its column */
6647     else
6648 #endif
6649 	ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
6650 }
6651 
6652 /*
6653  * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
6654  * shiftwidth.	Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
6655  * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
6656  * with vi.  But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
6657  * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
6658  */
6659     static void
6660 ins_shift(c, lastc)
6661     int	    c;
6662     int	    lastc;
6663 {
6664     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6665 	return;
6666     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6667 
6668     /*
6669      * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
6670      */
6671     if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
6672     {
6673 	--curwin->w_cursor.col;
6674 	(void)del_char(FALSE);		/* delete the '^' or '0' */
6675 	/* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
6676 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6677 	    replace_pop_ins();
6678 	if (lastc == '^')
6679 	    old_indent = get_indent();	/* remember curr. indent */
6680 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
6681     }
6682     else
6683 	change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
6684 
6685     if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
6686 	did_ai = FALSE;
6687 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6688     did_si = FALSE;
6689     can_si = FALSE;
6690     can_si_back = FALSE;
6691 #endif
6692 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6693     can_cindent = FALSE;	/* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
6694 #endif
6695 }
6696 
6697     static void
6698 ins_del()
6699 {
6700     int	    temp;
6701 
6702     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6703 	return;
6704     if (gchar_cursor() == NUL)		/* delete newline */
6705     {
6706 	temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6707 	if (!can_bs(BS_EOL)		/* only if "eol" included */
6708 		|| u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
6709 		    (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
6710 		|| do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
6711 	    vim_beep();
6712 	else
6713 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
6714     }
6715     else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL)	/* delete char under cursor */
6716 	vim_beep();
6717     did_ai = FALSE;
6718 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6719     did_si = FALSE;
6720     can_si = FALSE;
6721     can_si_back = FALSE;
6722 #endif
6723     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
6724 }
6725 
6726 /*
6727  * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
6728  * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
6729  */
6730     static int
6731 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
6732     int		c;
6733     int		mode;
6734     int		*inserted_space_p;
6735 {
6736     linenr_T	lnum;
6737     int		cc;
6738     int		temp = 0;	    /* init for GCC */
6739     colnr_T	mincol;
6740     int		did_backspace = FALSE;
6741     int		in_indent;
6742     int		oldState;
6743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6744     int		p1, p2;
6745 #endif
6746 
6747     /*
6748      * can't delete anything in an empty file
6749      * can't backup past first character in buffer
6750      * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
6751      * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
6752      */
6753     if (       bufempty()
6754 	    || (
6755 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6756 		!revins_on &&
6757 #endif
6758 		((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6759 		    || (!can_bs(BS_START)
6760 			&& (arrow_used
6761 			    || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
6762 				&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
6763 		    || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
6764 					 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
6765 		    || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
6766     {
6767 	vim_beep();
6768 	return FALSE;
6769     }
6770 
6771     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6772 	return FALSE;
6773     in_indent = inindent(0);
6774 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6775     if (in_indent)
6776 	can_cindent = FALSE;
6777 #endif
6778 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6779     end_comment_pending = NUL;	/* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
6780 #endif
6781 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6782     if (revins_on)	    /* put cursor after last inserted char */
6783 	inc_cursor();
6784 #endif
6785 
6786 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6787     /* Virtualedit:
6788      *	BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
6789      *	BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
6790      *	BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
6791      */
6792     if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
6793     {
6794 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
6795 	{
6796 	    --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
6797 	    return TRUE;
6798 	}
6799 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
6800 	{
6801 	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6802 	    return TRUE;
6803 	}
6804 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6805     }
6806 #endif
6807 
6808     /*
6809      * delete newline!
6810      */
6811     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6812     {
6813 	lnum = Insstart.lnum;
6814 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
6815 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6816 			|| revins_on
6817 #endif
6818 				    )
6819 	{
6820 	    if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
6821 			       (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
6822 		return FALSE;
6823 	    --Insstart.lnum;
6824 	    Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
6825 	}
6826 	/*
6827 	 * In replace mode:
6828 	 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
6829 	 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
6830 	 */
6831 	cc = -1;
6832 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6833 	    cc = replace_pop();	    /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
6834 	/*
6835 	 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
6836 	 * cursor.
6837 	 */
6838 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
6839 	{
6840 	    dec_cursor();
6841 	}
6842 	else
6843 	{
6844 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6845 	    if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6846 				   || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
6847 #endif
6848 	    {
6849 		temp = gchar_cursor();	/* remember current char */
6850 		--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6851 
6852 		/* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
6853 		 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
6854 		 * again when auto-formatting. */
6855 		if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
6856 					   && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6857 		{
6858 		    char_u  *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
6859 									TRUE);
6860 		    int	    len;
6861 
6862 		    len = STRLEN(ptr);
6863 		    if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
6864 			ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
6865 		}
6866 
6867 		(void)do_join(FALSE);
6868 		if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6869 		    inc_cursor();
6870 	    }
6871 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6872 	    else
6873 		dec_cursor();
6874 #endif
6875 
6876 	    /*
6877 	     * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
6878 	     * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
6879 	     * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
6880 	     * characters that NL replaced.
6881 	     */
6882 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6883 	    {
6884 		/*
6885 		 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
6886 		 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
6887 		 * avoiding showmatch().
6888 		 */
6889 		oldState = State;
6890 		State = NORMAL;
6891 		/*
6892 		 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
6893 		 */
6894 		while (cc > 0)
6895 		{
6896 		    temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6898 		    mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
6899 #else
6900 		    ins_char(cc);
6901 #endif
6902 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
6903 		    cc = replace_pop();
6904 		}
6905 		/* restore the characters that NL replaced */
6906 		replace_pop_ins();
6907 		State = oldState;
6908 	    }
6909 	}
6910 	did_ai = FALSE;
6911     }
6912     else
6913     {
6914 	/*
6915 	 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
6916 	 */
6917 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6918 	if (revins_on)		/* put cursor on last inserted char */
6919 	    dec_cursor();
6920 #endif
6921 	mincol = 0;
6922 						/* keep indent */
6923 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
6924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6925 		&& !revins_on
6926 #endif
6927 			    )
6928 	{
6929 	    temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6930 	    beginline(BL_WHITE);
6931 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
6932 		mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6933 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
6934 	}
6935 
6936 	/*
6937 	 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
6938 	 */
6939 	if (	   mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
6940 		&& ((p_sta && in_indent)
6941 		    || (curbuf->b_p_sts
6942 			&& (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
6943 			    || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
6944 				&& (!*inserted_space_p
6945 				    || arrow_used))))))
6946 	{
6947 	    int		ts;
6948 	    colnr_T	vcol;
6949 	    colnr_T	want_vcol;
6950 	    int		extra = 0;
6951 
6952 	    *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
6953 	    if (p_sta)
6954 		ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6955 	    else
6956 		ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
6957 	    /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be.  Since
6958 	     * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
6959 	     * the previous character. */
6960 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
6961 	    dec_cursor();
6962 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
6963 	    inc_cursor();
6964 	    want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
6965 
6966 	    /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
6967 	    while (vcol > want_vcol
6968 		    && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
6969 	    {
6970 		dec_cursor();
6971 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
6972 		if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6973 		{
6974 		    /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
6975 		     * Replace mode */
6976 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
6977 			    || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
6978 		    {
6979 #if 0	/* what was this for?  It causes problems when sw != ts. */
6980 			if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
6981 			{
6982 			    (void)del_char(FALSE);
6983 			    extra = 2;	/* don't pop too much */
6984 			}
6985 			else
6986 #endif
6987 			    replace_do_bs();
6988 		    }
6989 		}
6990 		else
6991 		    (void)del_char(FALSE);
6992 	    }
6993 
6994 	    /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
6995 	    while (vcol < want_vcol)
6996 	    {
6997 		/* Remember the first char we inserted */
6998 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
6999 				   && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
7000 		    Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7001 
7002 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7003 		if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7004 		    ins_char(' ');
7005 		else
7006 #endif
7007 		{
7008 		    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
7009 		    if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
7010 		    {
7011 			if (extra)
7012 			    replace_push_off(NUL);
7013 			else
7014 			    replace_push(NUL);
7015 		    }
7016 		    if (extra == 2)
7017 			extra = 1;
7018 		}
7019 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7020 	    }
7021 	}
7022 
7023 	/*
7024 	 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
7025 	 */
7026 	else do
7027 	{
7028 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7029 	    if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
7030 #endif
7031 		dec_cursor();
7032 
7033 	    /* start of word? */
7034 	    if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
7035 	    {
7036 		mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
7037 		temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
7038 	    }
7039 	    /* end of word? */
7040 	    else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
7041 		    && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
7042 			    || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
7043 	    {
7044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7045 		if (!revins_on)
7046 #endif
7047 		    inc_cursor();
7048 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7049 		else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7050 		    dec_cursor();
7051 #endif
7052 		break;
7053 	    }
7054 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7055 		replace_do_bs();
7056 	    else
7057 	    {
7058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7059 		if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
7060 		    (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
7061 #endif
7062 		(void)del_char(FALSE);
7063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7064 		/*
7065 		 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
7066 		 * need to take account of.  Don't back up before the base
7067 		 * character.
7068 		 */
7069 		if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
7070 		    inc_cursor();
7071 #endif
7072 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7073 		if (revins_chars)
7074 		{
7075 		    revins_chars--;
7076 		    revins_legal++;
7077 		}
7078 		if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
7079 		    break;
7080 #endif
7081 	    }
7082 	    /* Just a single backspace?: */
7083 	    if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
7084 		break;
7085 	} while (
7086 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7087 		revins_on ||
7088 #endif
7089 		(curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
7090 		 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
7091 		     || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
7092 	did_backspace = TRUE;
7093     }
7094 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7095     did_si = FALSE;
7096     can_si = FALSE;
7097     can_si_back = FALSE;
7098 #endif
7099     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
7100 	did_ai = FALSE;
7101     /*
7102      * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
7103      * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
7104      * with.
7105      */
7106     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
7107 
7108     /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
7109     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
7110 				       && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
7111 	Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7112 
7113     /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
7114      *		     was there remains visible
7115      * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
7116      *		      was there is erased from the screen.
7117      * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
7118      * displayed even when there isn't.
7119      *  --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
7120     if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
7121 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
7122 
7123     return did_backspace;
7124 }
7125 
7126 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
7127     static void
7128 ins_mouse(c)
7129     int	    c;
7130 {
7131     pos_T	tpos;
7132 
7133 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7134     /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
7135     if (!gui.in_use)
7136 # endif
7137 	if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
7138 	    return;
7139 
7140     undisplay_dollar();
7141     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7142     if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
7143     {
7144 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7145 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7146 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7147 # endif
7148     }
7149 
7150 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7151     /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
7152     redraw_statuslines();
7153 #endif
7154 }
7155 
7156     static void
7157 ins_mousescroll(up)
7158     int		up;
7159 {
7160     pos_T	tpos;
7161 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7162     win_T	*old_curwin;
7163 # endif
7164 
7165     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7166 
7167 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7168     old_curwin = curwin;
7169 
7170     /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
7171     if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
7172     {
7173 	int row, col;
7174 
7175 	row = mouse_row;
7176 	col = mouse_col;
7177 
7178 	/* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
7179 	curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
7180 	curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
7181     }
7182     if (curwin == old_curwin)
7183 # endif
7184 	undisplay_dollar();
7185 
7186     if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
7187 	scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
7188     else
7189 	scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
7190 
7191 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7192     curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7193 
7194     curwin = old_curwin;
7195     curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
7196 # endif
7197 
7198     if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
7199     {
7200 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7201 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7202 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7203 # endif
7204     }
7205 }
7206 #endif
7207 
7208 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7209     void
7210 ins_scroll()
7211 {
7212     pos_T	tpos;
7213 
7214     undisplay_dollar();
7215     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7216     if (gui_do_scroll())
7217     {
7218 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7219 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7220 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7221 # endif
7222     }
7223 }
7224 
7225     void
7226 ins_horscroll()
7227 {
7228     pos_T	tpos;
7229 
7230     undisplay_dollar();
7231     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7232     if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
7233     {
7234 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7235 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7236 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7237 # endif
7238     }
7239 }
7240 #endif
7241 
7242     static void
7243 ins_left()
7244 {
7245     pos_T	tpos;
7246 
7247 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7248     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7249 	foldOpenCursor();
7250 #endif
7251     undisplay_dollar();
7252     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7253     if (oneleft() == OK)
7254     {
7255 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7256 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7257 	/* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
7258 	if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
7259 	    revins_legal++;
7260 	revins_chars++;
7261 #endif
7262     }
7263 
7264     /*
7265      * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
7266      * previous line
7267      */
7268     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7269     {
7270 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7271 	--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7272 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
7273 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;	/* so we stay at the end */
7274     }
7275     else
7276 	vim_beep();
7277 }
7278 
7279     static void
7280 ins_home(c)
7281     int		c;
7282 {
7283     pos_T	tpos;
7284 
7285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7286     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7287 	foldOpenCursor();
7288 #endif
7289     undisplay_dollar();
7290     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7291     if (c == K_C_HOME)
7292 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
7293     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7294 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7295     curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7296 #endif
7297     curwin->w_curswant = 0;
7298     start_arrow(&tpos);
7299 }
7300 
7301     static void
7302 ins_end(c)
7303     int		c;
7304 {
7305     pos_T	tpos;
7306 
7307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7308     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7309 	foldOpenCursor();
7310 #endif
7311     undisplay_dollar();
7312     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7313     if (c == K_C_END)
7314 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7315     coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
7316     curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
7317 
7318     start_arrow(&tpos);
7319 }
7320 
7321     static void
7322 ins_s_left()
7323 {
7324 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7325     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7326 	foldOpenCursor();
7327 #endif
7328     undisplay_dollar();
7329     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
7330     {
7331 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7332 	(void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
7333 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7334     }
7335     else
7336 	vim_beep();
7337 }
7338 
7339     static void
7340 ins_right()
7341 {
7342 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7343     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7344 	foldOpenCursor();
7345 #endif
7346     undisplay_dollar();
7347     if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
7348 	    )
7349     {
7350 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7351 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7352 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7353 	if (virtual_active())
7354 	    oneright();
7355 	else
7356 #endif
7357 	{
7358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7359 	    if (has_mbyte)
7360 		curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
7361 	    else
7362 #endif
7363 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7364 	}
7365 
7366 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7367 	revins_legal++;
7368 	if (revins_chars)
7369 	    revins_chars--;
7370 #endif
7371     }
7372     /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
7373      * cursor to the next line */
7374     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
7375 	    && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7376     {
7377 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7378 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7379 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7380 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7381     }
7382     else
7383 	vim_beep();
7384 }
7385 
7386     static void
7387 ins_s_right()
7388 {
7389 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7390     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7391 	foldOpenCursor();
7392 #endif
7393     undisplay_dollar();
7394     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7395 	    || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
7396     {
7397 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7398 	(void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
7399 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7400     }
7401     else
7402 	vim_beep();
7403 }
7404 
7405     static void
7406 ins_up(startcol)
7407     int		startcol;	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
7408 {
7409     pos_T	tpos;
7410     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
7411 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7412     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
7413 #endif
7414 
7415     undisplay_dollar();
7416     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7417     if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
7418     {
7419 	if (startcol)
7420 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
7421 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
7422 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7423 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
7424 #endif
7425 		)
7426 	    redraw_later(VALID);
7427 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7428 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7429 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7430 #endif
7431     }
7432     else
7433 	vim_beep();
7434 }
7435 
7436     static void
7437 ins_pageup()
7438 {
7439     pos_T	tpos;
7440 
7441     undisplay_dollar();
7442     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7443     if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
7444     {
7445 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7446 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7447 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7448 #endif
7449     }
7450     else
7451 	vim_beep();
7452 }
7453 
7454     static void
7455 ins_down(startcol)
7456     int		startcol;	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
7457 {
7458     pos_T	tpos;
7459     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
7460 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7461     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
7462 #endif
7463 
7464     undisplay_dollar();
7465     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7466     if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
7467     {
7468 	if (startcol)
7469 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
7470 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
7471 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7472 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
7473 #endif
7474 		)
7475 	    redraw_later(VALID);
7476 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7477 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7478 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7479 #endif
7480     }
7481     else
7482 	vim_beep();
7483 }
7484 
7485     static void
7486 ins_pagedown()
7487 {
7488     pos_T	tpos;
7489 
7490     undisplay_dollar();
7491     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7492     if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
7493     {
7494 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7496 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7497 #endif
7498     }
7499     else
7500 	vim_beep();
7501 }
7502 
7503 #ifdef FEAT_DND
7504     static void
7505 ins_drop()
7506 {
7507     do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
7508 }
7509 #endif
7510 
7511 /*
7512  * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
7513  * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
7514  */
7515     static int
7516 ins_tab()
7517 {
7518     int		ind;
7519     int		i;
7520     int		temp;
7521 
7522     if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
7523 	Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
7524     if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
7525 	return FALSE;
7526 
7527     ind = inindent(0);
7528 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7529     if (ind)
7530 	can_cindent = FALSE;
7531 #endif
7532 
7533     /*
7534      * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
7535      */
7536     if (!curbuf->b_p_et
7537 	    && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
7538 	    && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
7539 	return TRUE;
7540 
7541     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
7542 	return TRUE;
7543 
7544     did_ai = FALSE;
7545 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7546     did_si = FALSE;
7547     can_si = FALSE;
7548     can_si_back = FALSE;
7549 #endif
7550     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
7551 
7552     if (p_sta && ind)		/* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
7553 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
7554     else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
7555 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
7556     else			/* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
7557 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
7558     temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
7559 
7560     /*
7561      * Insert the first space with ins_char().	It will delete one char in
7562      * replace mode.  Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
7563      * chars.  For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
7564      */
7565     ins_char(' ');
7566     while (--temp > 0)
7567     {
7568 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7569 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7570 	    ins_char(' ');
7571 	else
7572 #endif
7573 	{
7574 	    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
7575 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)	    /* no char replaced */
7576 		replace_push(NUL);
7577 	}
7578     }
7579 
7580     /*
7581      * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
7582      */
7583     if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
7584     {
7585 	char_u		*ptr;
7586 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7587 	char_u		*saved_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
7588 	pos_T		pos;
7589 #endif
7590 	pos_T		fpos;
7591 	pos_T		*cursor;
7592 	colnr_T		want_vcol, vcol;
7593 	int		change_col = -1;
7594 	int		save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
7595 
7596 	/*
7597 	 * Get the current line.  For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
7598 	 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
7599 	 */
7600 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7601 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7602 	{
7603 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7604 	    cursor = &pos;
7605 	    saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
7606 	    if (saved_line == NULL)
7607 		return FALSE;
7608 	    ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
7609 	}
7610 	else
7611 #endif
7612 	{
7613 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7614 	    cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
7615 	}
7616 
7617 	/* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
7618 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
7619 	    curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
7620 
7621 	/* Find first white before the cursor */
7622 	fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7623 	while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
7624 	{
7625 	    --fpos.col;
7626 	    --ptr;
7627 	}
7628 
7629 	/* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
7630 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7631 		&& fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
7632 		&& fpos.col < Insstart.col)
7633 	{
7634 	    ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
7635 	    fpos.col = Insstart.col;
7636 	}
7637 
7638 	/* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
7639 	getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7640 	getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
7641 
7642 	/* Use as many TABs as possible.  Beware of 'showbreak' and
7643 	 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
7644 	while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
7645 	{
7646 	    i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
7647 	    if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
7648 		break;
7649 	    if (*ptr != TAB)
7650 	    {
7651 		*ptr = TAB;
7652 		if (change_col < 0)
7653 		{
7654 		    change_col = fpos.col;  /* Column of first change */
7655 		    /* May have to adjust Insstart */
7656 		    if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
7657 			Insstart.col = fpos.col;
7658 		}
7659 	    }
7660 	    ++fpos.col;
7661 	    ++ptr;
7662 	    vcol += i;
7663 	}
7664 
7665 	if (change_col >= 0)
7666 	{
7667 	    int repl_off = 0;
7668 
7669 	    /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
7670 	    while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
7671 	    {
7672 		vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
7673 		++ptr;
7674 		++repl_off;
7675 	    }
7676 	    if (vcol > want_vcol)
7677 	    {
7678 		/* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
7679 		--ptr;
7680 		--repl_off;
7681 	    }
7682 	    fpos.col += repl_off;
7683 
7684 	    /* Delete following spaces. */
7685 	    i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
7686 	    if (i > 0)
7687 	    {
7688 		mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
7689 		/* correct replace stack. */
7690 		if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7692 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7693 #endif
7694 			)
7695 		    for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
7696 			replace_join(repl_off);
7697 	    }
7698 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
7699 	    if (usingNetbeans)
7700 	    {
7701 		netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
7702 							       (long)(i + 1));
7703 		netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
7704 							   (char_u *)"\t", 1);
7705 	    }
7706 #endif
7707 	    cursor->col -= i;
7708 
7709 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7710 	    /*
7711 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet.  Do it now by
7712 	     * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
7713 	     * spacing.
7714 	     */
7715 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7716 	    {
7717 		/* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
7718 		backspace_until_column(change_col);
7719 
7720 		/* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
7721 		 * ptr-cursor */
7722 		ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
7723 						    cursor->col - change_col);
7724 	    }
7725 #endif
7726 	}
7727 
7728 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7729 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7730 	    vim_free(saved_line);
7731 #endif
7732 	curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
7733     }
7734 
7735     return FALSE;
7736 }
7737 
7738 /*
7739  * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
7740  * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
7741  */
7742     static int
7743 ins_eol(c)
7744     int		c;
7745 {
7746     int	    i;
7747 
7748     if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
7749 	return FALSE;
7750     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
7751 	return TRUE;
7752     undisplay_dollar();
7753 
7754     /*
7755      * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
7756      * character under the cursor.  Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
7757      * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
7758      */
7759     if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7760 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7761 	    && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7762 #endif
7763 	    )
7764 	replace_push(NUL);
7765 
7766     /*
7767      * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
7768      * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
7769      * line onto the replace stack.  This is not done here though, it is done
7770      * in open_line().
7771      */
7772 
7773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7774 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
7775     if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
7776 	fkmap(NL);
7777 # endif
7778     /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
7779      * current line. */
7780     if (revins_on)
7781 	curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7782 #endif
7783 
7784     AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
7785     i = open_line(FORWARD,
7786 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
7787 	    has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
7788 #endif
7789 	    0, old_indent);
7790     old_indent = 0;
7791 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7792     can_cindent = TRUE;
7793 #endif
7794 
7795     return (!i);
7796 }
7797 
7798 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
7799 /*
7800  * Handle digraph in insert mode.
7801  * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
7802  * done.
7803  */
7804     static int
7805 ins_digraph()
7806 {
7807     int	    c;
7808     int	    cc;
7809 
7810     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7811     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7812     {
7813 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7814 	ins_redraw();
7815 
7816 	edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
7817 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7818 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
7819 #endif
7820     }
7821 
7822 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7823     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
7824 #endif
7825 
7826     /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
7827      * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
7828     ++no_mapping;
7829     ++allow_keys;
7830     c = safe_vgetc();
7831     --no_mapping;
7832     --allow_keys;
7833     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask)	    /* special key */
7834     {
7835 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7836 	clear_showcmd();
7837 #endif
7838 	insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
7839 	return NUL;
7840     }
7841     if (c != ESC)
7842     {
7843 	if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7844 	{
7845 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7846 	    ins_redraw();
7847 
7848 	    if (char2cells(c) == 1)
7849 	    {
7850 		/* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
7851 		 * an ESC next */
7852 		edit_unputchar();
7853 		ins_redraw();
7854 		edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
7855 	    }
7856 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7857 	    add_to_showcmd_c(c);
7858 #endif
7859 	}
7860 	++no_mapping;
7861 	++allow_keys;
7862 	cc = safe_vgetc();
7863 	--no_mapping;
7864 	--allow_keys;
7865 	if (cc != ESC)
7866 	{
7867 	    AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
7868 	    c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
7869 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7870 	    clear_showcmd();
7871 #endif
7872 	    return c;
7873 	}
7874     }
7875     edit_unputchar();
7876 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7877     clear_showcmd();
7878 #endif
7879     return NUL;
7880 }
7881 #endif
7882 
7883 /*
7884  * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
7885  * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
7886  */
7887     static int
7888 ins_copychar(lnum)
7889     linenr_T	lnum;
7890 {
7891     int	    c;
7892     int	    temp;
7893     char_u  *ptr, *prev_ptr;
7894 
7895     if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7896     {
7897 	vim_beep();
7898 	return NUL;
7899     }
7900 
7901     /* try to advance to the cursor column */
7902     temp = 0;
7903     ptr = ml_get(lnum);
7904     prev_ptr = ptr;
7905     validate_virtcol();
7906     while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
7907     {
7908 	prev_ptr = ptr;
7909 	temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
7910     }
7911     if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
7912 	ptr = prev_ptr;
7913 
7914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7915     c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
7916 #else
7917     c = *ptr;
7918 #endif
7919     if (c == NUL)
7920 	vim_beep();
7921     return c;
7922 }
7923 
7924 /*
7925  * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
7926  */
7927     static int
7928 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
7929     int	    tc;
7930 {
7931     int	    c = tc;
7932 
7933 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7934     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
7935     {
7936 	if (c == Ctrl_Y)
7937 	    scrolldown_clamp();
7938 	else
7939 	    scrollup_clamp();
7940 	redraw_later(VALID);
7941     }
7942     else
7943 #endif
7944     {
7945 	c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
7946 	if (c != NUL)
7947 	{
7948 	    long	tw_save;
7949 
7950 	    /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
7951 	     * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
7952 	     * wasn't set.  Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
7953 	     * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
7954 	    if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
7955 		AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
7956 	    tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
7957 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
7958 	    insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
7959 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
7960 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7961 	    revins_chars++;
7962 	    revins_legal++;
7963 #endif
7964 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
7965 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
7966 	}
7967     }
7968     return c;
7969 }
7970 
7971 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7972 /*
7973  * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
7974  * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
7975  */
7976     static void
7977 ins_try_si(c)
7978     int	    c;
7979 {
7980     pos_T	*pos, old_pos;
7981     char_u	*ptr;
7982     int		i;
7983     int		temp;
7984 
7985     /*
7986      * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
7987      */
7988     if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
7989     {
7990 	/*
7991 	 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
7992 	 */
7993 	if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
7994 	{
7995 	    old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7996 	    /*
7997 	     * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
7998 	     * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
7999 	     * containing the matching '(' if there is one.  This handles the
8000 	     * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
8001 	     * lines -- webb
8002 	     */
8003 	    ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
8004 	    i = pos->col;
8005 	    if (i > 0)		/* skip blanks before '{' */
8006 		while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
8007 		    ;
8008 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8009 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
8010 	    if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
8011 		curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
8012 	    i = get_indent();
8013 	    curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
8014 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8015 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8016 		change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
8017 	    else
8018 #endif
8019 		(void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
8020 	}
8021 	else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8022 	{
8023 	    /*
8024 	     * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
8025 	     * more than indent of previous line
8026 	     */
8027 	    temp = TRUE;
8028 	    if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8029 	    {
8030 		old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8031 		i = get_indent();
8032 		while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8033 		{
8034 		    ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
8035 
8036 		    /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
8037 		    if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
8038 			break;
8039 		}
8040 		if (get_indent() >= i)
8041 		    temp = FALSE;
8042 		curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
8043 	    }
8044 	    if (temp)
8045 		shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
8046 	}
8047     }
8048 
8049     /*
8050      * set indent of '#' always to 0
8051      */
8052     if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
8053     {
8054 	/* remember current indent for next line */
8055 	old_indent = get_indent();
8056 	(void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
8057     }
8058 
8059     /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
8060     if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
8061 	ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8062 }
8063 #endif
8064 
8065 /*
8066  * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
8067  * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
8068  */
8069     static colnr_T
8070 get_nolist_virtcol()
8071 {
8072     if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
8073 	return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
8074     validate_virtcol();
8075     return curwin->w_virtcol;
8076 }
8077